Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
Torn 1 looking for his key. He can't find it. He has lost his key
When we use the Present Perfect there is a connection with
the present:
I've lost the key. (=1 haven't got it now.)
Jim has gone to Canada. (=He is in Canada or on his way
there )
Oh, dear! I've forgotten her name. (= I can't remember it now.)
Have you washed the dishes? (Are they clean now?)
The train hasn't arrived yet. (=The train isn't at the station.)
The train has already arrived. ( = The train is at the station.)
//. Listen to the texts and answer the questions:
1 Mr Collins gave his secretary some letters to type an hour ago. He is going home soon and he wants to sign the
letters before he leaves. He has just picked up the phone and asked his secretary this question:
"Have you done those letters yet?"
Questions: When did Mr Collins give his secretary the letters? Why does he want to sign them now? What has he
just done? What is his question?
2 Arthur's secretary has just stopped another secretary in the
corridor.
"Have you seen Mr Tigers?" she wants to know
"Yes, I have I saw him only a moment ago He's just gone down that corridor " She might catch him if she hurries.
Questions: What has Arthur's secretary just done? What does she want to know? Has the other secretary seen
Arthur? What has he just done?
3. The police are asking the ticket collector about a man they
think might be on the London tram.
"Have you seen this man?"
"No, I haven't. I mean, I don't think so."
"Has the London train left yet?"
"No, it hasn't."
Questions: Why are the police asking the ticket collector about the man in the photograph? What are their
questions? What are the collector's answers?
///. Listen and imitate. Role-play the conversations.
1. So you are back from town
Yes, and I've brought you a book from the library
That's very nice of you.
2. Aunt has promised to take me to the theatre.
Will she be able to afford it, do you think?
I hope so.
3. Will Jane come to the dance tonight, do you think?
I don't think so.
Why not?
Because she hasn't come home yet.
4. It's Mrs Baker's birthday tomorrow.
I know.
Have you written to her yet?
No, I haven't, but I'm going to.
5. Has Tom got married?
Yes, he has.
When did he get married?
Last month.
6. Has Jane learnt to drive?
No, she hasn't.
When is she going to learn?
Next month, I think.
7. I am worried about Paul. He's failed his exam again.
I say, he must be either unlucky or ill.
He is neither unlucky nor ill. He is simply lazy
You may be right.
8. Have you thanked David for all his wonderful help?
No, I haven't.
After a little while they heard a gate banging downstairs. "Henry." . "Yes, dear."
"I'm afraid you've forgotten to shut the garden gate." "Oh dear! ..."
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. Look! Dick has bought a record. 2. Pat hasn't given me the book yet. 3. I've just come from a very important
meeting. 4. He has not thought about university yet. 5. They have received a lot of letters. 6. He has forgotten her
name. 7. John is hungry because he hasn't had any breakfast. 8. We have done exercise No 2. 9. I have just spoken to
my boyfriend on the phone. 10. She has planned an expensive holiday. 11. I haven't written to my wife yet. 12. My
parents have just gone out for the evening. 13. Bill has asked me for some money. 14. Helen has brought the mail.
15. Our team has won the game. 16. He has paid a lot of money for his house. 17.
Oh, dear, it's going to rain and I've left my umbrella at home. 18. The course has already begun. 19. I have drunk
three cups of coffee. 20. Oh, I've cut my finger. 21. I have not sent a letter to my mother yet. 22. She hasn't seen her
parents yet. 23. I have never met him before. 24. Andrew has chosen a good present. 25. I've been to Paris, but I
haven't been to London yet. 26. George has taken a lot of books from the library. 27. Victor has told us an interesting
story. 28. Mr Robinson has taught us English. 29. He has spent his holidays in the Caucasus. 30. They have sold
their car. 31. I have made a lot of mistakes in my test. 32. Roger has lost his ticket. 33. I remember that I have put
the magazine on this shelf. 34. Lucy has drawn a nice picture. 35. I have broken my umbrella. 36. Robert has
become an engineer. 37. I haven't read the article yet. 38. Have you eaten your steak? 39. Have you heard this opera
before? 40. Have the police found the man yet? 41. Has he lent you any money? 42. Has Bill shown you his new
car? 43. Have you signed the documents? 44. Have you caught much fish today? 45. Have you ever swum in the
Atlantic Ocean?
//. Agree with the following utterances. Show the connection of these completed past actions with the present in their
result. Use the prompts.
e.g. You have washed the dishes, haven't you? (clean)
Yes, I have. They are clean.
e.g. Mary hasn't done the room, has she? (untidy)
No, she hasn't. It's very untidy.
1. You've brought the records, haven't you? (in my bag) 2. You haven't had dinner yet, have you? (hungry) 3. Susan
has passed her exams, hasn't she? (on holiday now) 4. Victor has gone away on business, hasn't he? (in Moscow
now) 5. You haven't fixed the TVset, have you? (still, out of order) 6. You have typed the article, haven't you? (on
the table) 7. You have made dinner, haven't you? (ready) 8. You have worked hard today, haven't you? (tired). 9. Bob
hasn't come home yet, has he? (still, at work) 10. Jane has caught cold, hasn't she? (ill)
///. Express your disagreement with the following interrogative-negative utterances:
e.g. You haven't seen Steve today, have you?
Yes, I have. I've just seen him.
1. You haven't laid the table, have you? 2. He hasn't found his glasses, has he? 3. You haven't written to Paul, have
you? 4. The lecture hasn't begun yet, has it? 5. She hasn't sent the parcel, has she? 6. John hasn't come yet, has he? 7.
You haven't shut the door, have you? 8. He hasn't paid the bill yet, has he? 9. You
haven't told Dick, have you? 10. You haven't made tea, have you? 11. You haven't done your homework, have you?
12. Kitty hasn't woken up yet, has she? 13. Bill hasn't phoned you, has he? 14. The boss hasn't left yet, has he? 15.
The postman hasn't brought the mail yet, has he? 16. You haven't washed my shirt yet, have you? 17. You haven't
spoken to the boss yet, have you? 18. You haven't booked the tickets, have you? 19. You haven't read the article yet,
have you? 20. You haven't cut the bread yet, have you?
IV. Answer the questions. Do it as in the example: e.g. Has Simon sent a postcard to his mother?
Yes, he has sent her a postcard.
1. Have you made a sweater for Peter? 2. Have the boys bought a present for me? 3. Has Roger given any money to
you? 4. Have you lent your typewriter to Susan? 5. Have you made a cake for George and his wife? 6. Have you
shown your album to Jack? 7. Have you sent a birthday card to Jane's parents? 8. Has Peter written a letter to you
and your wife?
V. Say that you have already done what you are asked to do:
e.g. Don't forget to answer the letters.
I've already answered them.
1. Don't forget to buy the tickets. 2. Remember to sign the papers. 3. Don't forget to write to Mr Smith. 4. Don't
forget to wash the dishes. 5. Remember to dust the bookshelves. 6. Don't forget to fix the sink. 7. Remember to
phone Dr Ray. 8. Remember to cook the pudding. 9. Don't forget to post the letter. 10. Don't forget to tell Peter about
the match. 11. Remember to pack our things. 12. Remember to clean your shoes. 13. Don't forget to polish the
mirrors. 14. Remember to send the parcel. 15. Don't forget to shave.
VI. Say that you can't give your opinion on the subject. Follow the model:
e.g. What do you think of the exhibition? (visit) I haven't visited it yet.
1. Do you like the "Minsk" hotel? (stay) 2. How do you like the new Ryasanov's film? (see) 3. Do you find his sister
pretty? (meet) 4. What does she think of the opera? (hear). 5. Do you like the book? (read) 6. How do you find
Brest? (visit) 7. Does the suit fit you? (try on)
VII. Refuse the offers politely:
the Wests/sell their house; 10. David/do his homework; 11. Jack/buy a car; 12. you/have dinner; 13. she/speak to the
rector; 14. you/hear "Aida"; 15. Dick/
12
read the article; 16. you/phone Lucy; 17. you/choose a present for Bill; 18. you/send for the doctor; 19. Harry/get
married, e.g. Peter/get up/have breakfast
Has Peter got up yet?
Yes, he has. He is having breakfast now.
1. Tom/do one's exercises/play chess; 2. Jill/check the tests/ watch TV; 3. Lucy/have dinner/wash up; 4.
Mary/clean the flat/type; 5. Jane/write the letters/dust the carpet; 6. you/cook supper/lay the table, e.g. John/get
up/sleep
Has John got up yet?
No, he hasn't. He's still sleeping.
1. Emma/cook dinner/make soup; 2. you/give the book back to Mike/read; 3. Dick/leave for the airport/pack one's
suitcase; 4. Kate/find one's gloves/look for them; 5. Miss Green/finish typing/type; 6. the boys/return home/play
football, e.g. you/Warsaw
Have you ever been to Warsaw?
Yes, I've been there several times, (twice, once) (No, I have never been there)
1. you/London; 2. your wife/Brest; 3. your husband/Paris; 4. you/India; 5. your sister/Georgia; 6. your
brother/Siberia; 7. you/China; 8. your boss/France; 9. you/Kiev; 10. you/Glasgow; 11. you/Yalta, e.g. you/hear from
George/recently
Have you heard from George recently?
Yes, I have. (No, I haven't)
1. you/read much/lately; 2. you/eat anything/today; 3. you/have a holiday/this year; 4. you/see/any good films/lately;
5. you/play tennis/recently; 6. you/see/Tom/in the past few days; 7. you/work hard/this week; 8. you/often/go
out/lately; 9. you/ swim/much/recently; 10. you/be abroad/this year.
XIV. Respond to the following suggestions:
e.g. Let's book the tickets tomorrow.
Haven't you booked them yet?
No, I haven't.
1. Let's invite Helen to the party. 2. Let's write a letter to Uncle Jack. 3. Let's make supper. 4. Let's hear "Carmen". 5.
Let's see this film. 6. Let's send her a telegram. 7. Let's wash the windows. 8. Let's visit the art exhibition.
XV. Express surprise in response to the following utterances:
e.g. Jack has failed his exam.
Has he?
13
e.g. Robert hasn't come.
Hasn't he?
1. They have already finished the test. 2. We haven't invited the Blacks. 3. I have never heard this song before. 4.
Mary has enjoyed the performance. 5. The Wests have sold their house. 6. Roger has won the race. 7. My parents
have never been abroad. 8. Dick hasn't helped me. 9. Jane has decided to become an actress. 10. Mr Smith has
already left. 11. John hasn't fixed the sink.
XVI. Express solidarity:
e.g. I have already read this book. And you?
So have I.
e.g. Kate hasn't come yet. And Betsy?
Neither has Betsy.
1. David has caught a lot of fish. And Jack? 2. Mary has enjoyed the film. And Lucy? 3. I haven't heard from Steve
yet. And you? 4. Ann has never been to Spain. And Bill? 5. I have already had dinner. And you? 6. Victor has
already written his test. And Bob? 7. Nina hasn't left yet. And Helen? 8. John has come. And Peter?
XVII. Ask and answer questions as shown in the example:
e.g. Jack is driving a car but he's very nervous and not sure what to do. You ask: Is this the first time you've driven a
car? John: Yes, I've never driven a car before.
1. Roger is playing tennis. He is not very good and doesn't know the rules. You ask: ... Roger: ...
2. Sue is riding a horse. She doesn't feel very confident and comfortable. You ask: ... Sue: ...
3. Maria is in England. She's just arrived and it's very new for her. You ask: ... Maria: ...
4. Lucy is making a cake. But she is not sure it will be a good cake. You ask: ... Lucy:
5. Mrs Smith is on board a plane flying to Canada. She feels very nervous about it. You ask: ... Mrs Smith: ...
XVIII. Ask and answer questions. Use the words given.
e.g. you/invite/the Baxters/the Hunts
You've invited the Baxters, haven't you?
Yes, I have but I haven't invited the Hunts.
1. you/phone/Helen/Alice; 2. Dick/bring/the map/the compass; 3. you/be/London/Liverpool; 4. you/tell/Emma/Tom;
5. Mike/send/the letter/the parcel; 6. you/see/the art-gallery/the space
museum.
14
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversations. Ask and answer questions. Role-play the conversations.
\. Paul: Can you lend me $ 50?
Bill: Sorry, I can't ... I haven't been to the bank today.
Paul: Oh dear ... I haven't been either, and I need some money. It's too late now... it's four o'clock.
Bill: Why don't you ask Peter?
Paul: Oh, has he been to the bank?
Bill: Yes, he has He always goes on Mondays.
Questions: How much money does Paul need? Why can't Bill lend him $ 50? Has Paul been to the bank today?
What does Bill advise Paul to do? 2. David: Have you travelled a lot, Nora?
Nora: Yes, I've been to 47 different countries.
David: Really! Have you been to China?
Nora: Yes, I've visited China twice.
David: What about India?
Nora: I've never been to India.
Questions: Has Nora travelled much? How many countries has she visited? Has she been to China? She has been to
India too,
16
hasn't she? What countries have you visited? Have you ever been to Madrid? Have you seen Paris?
3. Father: Your mother has told me that you've given up your job.
You don't want to work any more. What are your plans?
John: Yes, that's right. I've decided to drive a camping bus across Europe and the Middle East to India. It's something I've always wanted to do. I've saved enough money and I'm going to do it.
Father: I've talked to your mother and she's very unhappy about what you're doing. Please think again.
John: I've thought about it carefully and it's my decision. Questions: What has John done? What are his plans? Are
John's parents happy that he has given up his job?
4. Jill:
Hello, Steve. I'm home. It's rather cold in here.
Steve: I've turned the heating on. It's getting warm now. I've been very busy, so I'm not cold. I've washed all the
windows. I've cleaned the flat and I've answered four letters. I've also cleared a lot of papers off my desk, so it looks
nice and tidy now. I feel exhausted. Jill: And have you washed the dishes? Steve: I've already washed and
dried the dishes. And I've
just made a pot of tea. Come and have a cup. Jill: Wonderful! Have you painted the kitchen door? Steve: No, I
haven't started with the door yet. Jill: You've worked really hard, Steve. Congratulations! Oh, Steve... I've
invited Pam and Jeff for dinner. They are coming tonight and ... Have you cooked dinner? Steve: No, I haven't. Jill:
Oh, good! Your curries are so good, they are better than
mine
Questions: Why does Steve feel exhausted? What housework has he done? What hasn't he done yet? Who is coming
to see the Baxters tonight?
Situation: You've just come home from work. You ask your daughter whether she has done the work you told her to
do when you were leaving the house.
5. Elmer Colt is from Kansas. He's on a 14- day tour of Europe. The tour started in London. At the moment he's in
Prague. It's the eighth day of the tour. He's already been to seven countries and stayed in the capital cities. He's
never been to Europe before, and he's already seen a lot of new places. He's done a lot of interesting things ... and
the tour hasn't finished yet.
Mrs Colt: ... Elmer? ... Is that you?
Elmer:
Yes, Momma.
Mrs Colt: Where are you now, Elmer?
17
Elmer:
I've just arrived in Prague, Momma.
Mrs Colt: You haven't sent me any postcards yet.
Elmer:
Yes, I have ... I've sent one from every city.
Mrs Colt: Have you been to Paris yet, Elmer?
Elmer:
Yes, I have.
Mrs Colt: Have you been to Vienna yet?
Elmer:
No, I haven't. We are going to Vienna tomorrow.
Mrs Colt: Elmer! Are you still there?
Elmer:
Yes, Momma.
Mrs Colt: How many countries have you seen now, Elmer?
Elmer:
Well, this is the eighth day, so I've already seen eight
countries.
Mrs Colt: Have you spent much money, Elmer? Elmer:
Yes, Momma. I've bought a lot of souvenirs ... and I
want to buy some more. Can you send me a thousand dollars?
Mrs Colt: All right, Elmer. Mrs Colt: Elmer, are you listening to me? Elmer:
Yes, Momma.
Mrs Colt: Have you taken many photographs, Elmer? Elmer:
Yes, Momma, I've taken a lot. I've used three rolls
of film.
Mrs Colt: Have you met any nice girls yet, Elmer? Elmer:
Oh, yes, Momma... there's a girl from Texas on the
tour. We've done everything together. Mrs Colt: Elmer! Elmer! Are you still there, Elmer?
Questions: Where is Elmer Colt from? What is he doing at the moment? How many countries has he visited so far?
Where is he phoning his mother from? Has he sent his mother any postcards? What does Elmer ask his mother to
do? Has Elmer taken any photographs? Has Elmer met any nice girls? Where is his girlfriend from?
Situation: Imagine you are on a tour of Europe. It's the tenth day of your tour and you are phoning your friend from
Paris.
Self check
/. Use the proper tense forms.
1. At last I (do) my homework. I can go for a walk now. 2. The delegation already (arrive) but we (not, speak) with
its members yet. 3. Last month I (read) two interesting books but I (not, read) anything so far this month. 4. "You
(make) any spelling mistakes in your test?" "No, I (not, make) any mistakes." 5. "Where is Jane?" "She (go) to
the shops. She'll be back soon." 6. "You ever (be) to the USA?" "Yes, I (be) to New York
18
several times." 7. I (play) a lot of tennis since the summer (begin). 8. We (not, see) John this morning but we (see)
him a couple of days ago. 9. Harry is ill. He (have) an accident. He (break) his leg. 10. "You (finish) typing?" "Not
yet. In fact I just (begin)." 11. "How many records you (bring)?" "Five". 12. "You ever (find) anything valuable?"
"No, I... ." 13. "Mr West (sell) his house yet?" "Yes, he ... . He (sell) it last week." "He (move) to his new house
yet?" "No, not yet."
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations. Learn them.
We use the Present Perfect (have done) to give new information or to announce a recent happening. But if we
continue to talk about it we normally use the Past Simple (did):
1. Oh! I've burnt myself!
How did you do that?
I touched a hot dish.
2. I've bought a very good raincoat.
Where did you buy it?
In one of the small shops in Regent Street.
How much did it cost?
50.
Do not use the Present Perfect when you are talking about a finished time in the past (for example: yesterday, two
years ago, in 1979, when I was a child, etc.):
19
Tom lost his key yesterday. I translated the article on Friday. I last saw him in 1985.
Use the Simple Past to ask WHEN something happened: What time (when) did he arrive?
Compare: I've smoked 20 cigarettes today, (it is still today) I smoked 20 cigarettes yesterday, (the event is past)
3. Julia has just come to work. She is late again. She is asking one of the typists about her boss. He often comes in
late, too. "Has the boss come yet?"
"Yes, he has. He's in the office now." "When did he come?"
"He came very early. He noticed you weren't here." Questions: What has Julia just done? Has her boss come yet?
What did he notice? Did he come early or late?
4. __ Have you ever studied a language before?
Yes, I have.
Oh, which one did you study?
I studied French at school.
5. Have you ever been to a wedding?
Yes, I have.
Whose wedding was it?
It was my brother's.
6. Have you ever eaten at the Royal Hotel?
Yes, I have.
When did you eat there?
Mary and I ate there two months ago.
7. Have you ever broken a bone?
Yes, I have.
What did you break?
I broke my leg.
8. Have you ever had flue?
Yes, I have.
When did you have it?
I had it last winter.
9. Have you seen any films lately?
Yes, I've "The White Canyon". -- When did you see it?
Last week,
10. Have you sold your car?
Yes, I have.
Why did you sell it?
I'd like to buy a Jaguar.
20
Practice
/. Respond to the following using the Present Perfett and the Simple Past:
21
work yet? (at 10 o'clock) 12. Have you eaten the cake? (in the morning)
IV. Ask your friend whether he has done certain things and when he did them. Use the prompts:
e.g. buy a house
Have you bought a house?
Yes, I have.
When did you buy it?
Two months ago.
1. pay the bill 2. send for the doctor 3. see "Gone with the Wind" 4. book a ticket 5. read "War and Peace" 6. have
dinner 7. receive the documents 8. type the papers 9. do one's homework 10. rest in the Crimea 11. hear "Aida" 12.
choose a present 13. write the test paper 14. sell one's tent
V. Study the model conversations. Then, make conversations of your own on the same model. Ask WHEN and other
questions like that:
1. Patricia Riley is an Irish girl. She is trying to get a job as a shorthand-typist. At interviews people ask her
questions like these:
"Have you ever done this sort of work before?"
"Where did you work last?" "How long did you work there?"
2. Have you ever been to Paris?
Yes, 1 have.
When were you there?
Last spring.
What did you think of it?
It was very beautiful.
3. Richard never believes what the critics say about a film He always asks his friends instead. He wants to know if
the new Fellini film is any good He is talking to a friend now. His first
question is:
"Have you seen the new Fellini film?"
The answer is: "Yes, I have."
Richard then asks different questions like: When did you see it? Where did you see it? Was it good?
Variations
1. You never believe what travel brochures say. You want to know about Moscow. Perhaps your friends know. What
do you ask your friends first Ask WHEN? Ask: very cold? any other tourists? the ballet? by train or plane?
22
2. You want to go to a language school in Bournemouth, England. You want to know about the town, the
weather, etc. You have a friend who has travelled a lot. Ask questions with these words.
a) ever/Bournemouth
d) How long/there
b) When
e) a lot of English?
c) weather like?
f) prices very high?
3. Arthur Docker has a different car every year. He has a Rolls Royce this year. Ask questions with these words.
a) ever/a Mercedes
d) fast
b) When
e) expensive
c) a good car
f) How long
VI. Answer the questions:
1. Have you ever been to Kiev? When were you there? Did you go there on business or for pleasure? How long did
you stay there? 2. Have you ever travelled by sea? When was it? Did you enjoy your voyage? Have you ever
travelled by air? When did you last travel by air? Did you feel airsick? 3. Have you seen your friend this month?
When did you see him (her)? Did you spend much time together? 4. When did you go to the cinema last? Was the
film interesting? Have you seen many films this month? Have you been to the theatre this week? 5. Have you ever
learned French? What language did you learn at school? Did you study German at the Institute? 6. When did you
come to work today? You were on time, weren't you? Have you ever been late for work? When was it?
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversation and ask questions with these words:
a) Ken/cinema?
e) What/think of the film?
b) What/see?
f) George/Paris?
c) George/Paris in the Spring?
g) Ken/Paris?
d) When?
h) the weather? George: Hullo, Ken.
Ken:
Hullo, George. George: Have you just been to the cinema? Ken:
Yes, I have. George: What's on? Ken:
"Paris in the Spring".
George: Oh, I've already seen it. I saw it on a B.B.C. television programme last year. It's an old film, but It's very
good. Ken:
Paris is a beautiful city. George: I have never been there. Have you ever been there, Ken?
23
Ken:
Yes, I have. I was there in April.
George: Paris in the spring, eh?
Ken:
It was spring but the weather was awful. It. rained all
the time. George: Just like dear old London!
"Oh? When were you in Mexico City ... and when were you in Rio?"
Self check
/. Put the verb into the correct form:
1. You (hear) about Bob? He (break) his leg.Really? How that (happen)? 2. I just (return) from Yalta. You (go)
there alone? Together with my son. How long you (stay) there? Three weeks. 3. Your hair looks different.
You (have) a haircut? Yes. You (cut) it yourself? No, Ann (cut) it for me. 4. Look! Somebody (spill) milk on
the carpet. Well, it (not, be) me. I wonder who it (be) then. 5. You (see) the film on television last night? 6. My
bicycle isn't here any more. Somebody (take) it.
7. I (not, eat) anything yesterday because I (not, feel) hungry.
8. Why Jim (not, want) to play tennis last Friday? He (be) busy on Friday.
9. Brian: Hello, Susan. Is Alan here? Susan: No, I'm afraid he (go) out. Brian: What a pity! When exactly he (go)
out? Susan: About ten minutes ago.
10. Peter Atkins is talking to one of his girl-friends. "You (see) that film yet?"
"Yes, I .... I (see) it last week." "What you (think) of it?" "I (not, like) it very much."
11. Harry: I (go) to a new Indian restaurant last night with Mary. Steve: To that new place in Marchmount Street?
Harry: Yes. You ever (be) there?
Steve: No, but Barbara already (be) there. She (love) it. She
says she never (eat) such delicious Indian food.
What you (order)? Harry: I (have) a prawn curry and Mary (try) a Tandori
chicken. They (be) both fantastic.
12. Mikis: I never (be) to Cambridge.
Paul: Oh, I (go) there last summer. I (do) a language course
there.
Mikis: You ever (be) to Oxford? Paul: No, but a friend of mine (stay) there for a month two
years ago. He (enjoy) it very much.
Dear Mario,
I was very glad to have a letter from you and to know that you and your wife are keeping well and busy. I'm glad too
that you are both coming to England again this summer.
You say you want a different kind of holiday this year. Perhaps when you were here last year, I took you to see too
many historic buildings and places. You saw most of the places that tourists usually see. So this year you want a rest
from sightseeing. You don't want to come as tourists. You want the kind of holiday that middle-class English people
usually have, not too expensive, of course. You want to meet English people who are on holiday and to have plenty
of chances to make friends with them.
I don't like crowds when I'm on holiday. I remember that when I was a small boy we my brothers and sisters and
I always tried to get away from other people. We always had our holidays on the coast. Sea and sunshine, that's
what we looked forward to every summer. We always went to a small fishing village on the Devon coast. And if,
when we got to the place where we usually bathed, there were other people there, we stopped and said, "Oh, we
can't bathe here today! Somebody's got here before us!" Today people seem to like crowds. You say you wish to
meet and make friends with as many people as possible, so I won't suggest a quiet fishing village.
Hotels at the large seaside towns on the south coast are expensive. You say you want to come here in July or August.
Those are the two months when hotel rates are highest.
You'd soon make friends at a hotel, but if you want to meet lots of English people, you might like to go to a holiday
camp. That
26
doesn't mean sleeping and eating in tents. Holiday camps in England are permanent buildings with every modern
convenience and comfort. There are wooden cabins with good beds, electric light, running hot and cold water. There
are large buildings a dining-hall, a large hall for dancing (and good dance bands), a cinema, a theatre, a bar, a
cafe, rooms for games such as billiards. In fact there is, in the camp, everything you want. The camp usually has its
own swimming-pool and tennis courts.
There are usually lots of children in holiday camps. There are nurses to look after small children, so that the parents
can be free to amuse themselves. That's one reason why holiday camps are popular with married couples who have
very young children. They not only get a holiday from work, but also a holiday from the children.
Here's another suggestion a walking holiday. Walking holidays are much cheaper than the kind of holidays I've
been telling you about. You know something about the Youth Hostels Association, I'm sure. It's international. There
are hostels all over England now where you can get a bed and a cheap meal. Members of the association can even
take their own food to the hostels and cook it in the kitchen. They have to help by sweeping and cleaning the rooms,
or washing up after meals. But that's not a hardship, is it? A walking holiday depends for enjoyment upon the
weather, of course. I can't promise you good weather!
Thank you for your very kind invitation 1o visit you and stay with you. I'm sorry I can't accept it this year; we've
already made our plans. But next year, perhaps, if it's convenient to you then.
Please write and let me know if there's anything else you'd like to know. I'm always glad to help you
My wife joins me in best wishes to you both.
Yours sincerely, John Grant
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text "Summer Holidays in England" and answer the questions'
Where are Mario and his wife going to spend their holidays? Where did they spend their holidays last year? What
kind of holidays did they have? What kind of holiday would they like this year? What is John's idea of a good
holidav? What are holiday camps in England like? Why are they convenient for the people with children? What
services does the Youth Hostels Association provide?
27
//. Read the text and analyse the language peculiarities o/ the text. Do some exercises in the next section to
remember them.
Special Difficulties
/. Report the following suggestions: e.g. A: (Paul): Shall we start on Friday? B: Paul suggests starting on Friday.
1. Shall we play tennis? 2. Let's rebuild the garage. 3. Shall we hitch-hike? 4. Why not drink the local wine? 5. Let's
go for a walk. 6. Let's take the dogs out. 7. Why don't we bring guitars and make our own music? 8. Let's climb the
mountain. 9. Why don't we cook over an open f ire? 10. Shall we eat in restaurants? 11. Let's carry the boxes
upstairs. 12. Let's go on a motor-tour. 13. Shall we sleep in Youth Hostels? 14. Let's spend the day on the beach.
15. Shall we find out about pop festivals? 16. Let's pick apples. 17. Shall we move the piano? 18. Let's swim
across the river.
//. Make up dialogues using the verb "suggest" + gerund:
e.g. Why didn't you go to his flat?
Well, Ann suggested going to his flat but I didn't think
it was necessary. Why didn't you ...
1. record this coversation 2. look at his passport 3. consult a lawyer 4. discuss it with me 5. wait a few weeks 6.
check his figures
7. read the small print 8. find out about his previous work 9. make some enquiries about him 10. take his
photograph 11. follow him home 12. borrow a tent 13. see the manager 15. tell your parents
16. phone Bill
///. Respond to the following using the verb "offer":
e.g. A: Peter paid [or me. B: He offered to pay for me too, but I refused.
Peter...
1. painted my door 2. waited for me 3. lent me $5 4. found me a job 5. got me a seat 6. showed me the way 7.
washed my car
8. helped me 9. carried my luggage 10. saw me off 11. met my train 12. tuned my guitar 13. drove me home 14.
looked after my dog 15. typed my essay 16. dug my garden 17 repaired my washing machine 18. fixed my TV
IV. Fill in the gaps. Use either "suggest" or "offer": 1. I ... him an interesting book to read 2. He ... a visit to the
theatre. 3. We ... her our help. 4. Mike ... to carry my suitcase but I said it wasn't heavy 5. He ... discussing the matter
at our next
28
meeting. 6. Did he ... any money? 7. What shall we do on the weekend? Well, what do you ...? 8. I was very busy
and Mary ... to buy a ticket for me.
. 3. . 4. ,
. 5. . . 6.
. . 7. . 8.
. .
Text Exercises
/. Ask questions about a) holiday camps in England; b) the Youth Hostels Association.
//. Speak on a) the way John Grant prefers to spend his holidays; b) holiday camps and their conveniences; c) a walking
holiday.
///. When did you last have your holiday? Where and how did you spend it? What kind of holiday do you prefer?
Helen: Yes, I was there last year. It's a nice place, isn't it? I hope
you enjoyed yourself greatly.
Peter: Oh, yes. I had a very nice time. The weather was fine. I swam much, lay in the sun and made a lot of friends.
Helen: Did you go to Brighton alone? Peter: No, together with my cousin Dick. You remember him,
don't you?
Helen: Sure. Has he finished school yet? Peter: Yes, he is a student at Oxford University. And how are
you getting on? I haven't heard from you lately. Helen: I'm quite all right, thank you. Come and see me some day,
will you?
Peter: I'd be delighted. Good-bye. Helen: See you soon. Bye.
. . ? ?
. . -
? . . . ? . * V. Give
synonymous expressions from the text:
I'm glad to see you. How are you keeping? Certainly. I'd love to. How about coming to see me one of these days?
I'm fine, thank you. I hope you had a good time.
VI. Act out the conversation.
VII. Situation: You meet a friend of yours. He says he has just returned from Moscow. It was his first trip there. He's
full of impressions.
Listening
Ann Goes to Italy
Ann is a student at London University. She studies Italian. Last summer she flew to Italy. She toured Italy by coach.
She saw a lot of interesting places. She ate spaghetti in Rome, drank coffee in Venice and took a lot of photographs.
The sun shone every day. She lay in the sun and swam a lot. She stayed in Italy for a month. She wrote postcards to
all her friends and relatives. She met a lot of interesting people in Italy. She bought a lot of Italian pop records and
brought them back to England.
/. Listen to the text "Ann Goes to Italy". Ask and answer questions on the text.
II. Tell about Ann's trip to Italy.
III. Situation: Your friend has just come back from his holiday. You are asking him about it.
Prompts: where/spend? how long/stay there? go alone? how/ travel? the weather/fine? where/meals? what/do in the
evenings? meet any interesting people? buy anything? have a good time? when/come back?
IV. Tell about a holiday you enjoyed.
I Thought It was a Shark
Last year my friend Robert went to a small seaside town for a week's holiday. Robert usually takes his holiday in
June but last year he took it in August.
He didn't take many clothes with him only a few shirts, a pair of shorts and his swimming-costume. He went
from London to the sea town by train and the journey took three hours. Robert likes travelling by train.
He stayed at a small hotel near the beach. Every morning before breakfast he ran down to the sea and had a quick
swim. Sometimes he took a boat and went fishing for the day.
Once he jumped into the water when a big crab bit him. He jumped up and shouted for help. People ran from the
beach into the water to help him. They thought he was dead. The hotel keeper ran down to the beach too. He
thought someone was drowning.
In a very short time there were about fifty or sixty people. They were standing round Robert. They all wanted to
know what
33
was going on. Robert became red in the face. He thought a shark was going to eat him. But it was only a crab.
/. Listen to the text, ask and answer questions on the text.
II. Tell about Robert's holiday last year.
Reading Holidays
People have more money and more leasure nowadays and even young people can afford to go abroad. Many travel
agents offer cheap cut-price tickets for flights to all parts of the world, so the youngsters can avoid the crowded,
well-known places and get to less famous areas which are off the beaten track. Instead of using public transport
and hotels they can travel by hitch-hiking and stay at youth hostels. But most people prefer some kind of package
holiday at a popular holiday resort, which means that everything is arranged for you and the price you pay includes
transport, food and accomodation. Try to avoid taking your holiday during the busy peak tourist season. It's more
crowded and expensive. If possible go in the quieter off-peak period.
Self check
/. Use the proper tense' forms. A. Mr Brown:
I say what you and you sister (be going) to
do for your holiday this year?
Mr Robinson: Well, I (not, know), I'd like to take my sister abroad, but then she can't leave her children. What you
(do)?
Mr Brown:
We (go) to the sea. Mr Robinson: Where you (go) as a rule? Mr Brown:
We (try) many seaside
places on the east and south coasts; on the whole, I think we (prefer) the south.
Mr Robinson: You (take) rooms or (stay) at a hotel? Mr Brown:
This year we (take) a furnished house. Why
don't you join us? It (be) great fun.
Mr Robinson: I think it (be) a good idea. I (talk) it over
a word. Every day I (think) about postcards. My holidays (pass) very quickly, but I (not, send) any postcards to my
friends. On the last day I (make) a big decision. 1 (get) up early and (buy) thirty-seven cards. I (spend) the whole
day in my room but I (not, write) a single card.
Writing
1. Write a postcard home to a friend. Say where you are and what you are doing Say something about your plans for
the next days and when you are arriving back home. Ask your friend to meet you at the station. Do it Hke this:
Dear Paul!
We are really enjoying London. We are staying at the Georgian Hotel and we like it very much. We're going to stay
in London till next Friday. Then we're going to Brighton. (I'll send you a card from there). London is a very beautiful
city. We're enjoying the museums, the parks, the shops and the theatres. Yesterday morning we went to Harridge's.
It's a wonderful department store. I bought a pair of shoes and Jim bought two shirts. Yesterday afternoon we went
to the British Museum. There's an exhibition of old books there at the moment In the evening we went to the
National Theatre and saw "Macbeth". We had very good seats and enjoyed the performance. This morning we
visited some friends in Haling. We went there by underground it's a very fast service. At the moment we're back
at the hotel and we're so tired!
Yours sincerely, Roger
//. Describe the most memorable holiday you've ever had.
///. Write about your plans for the coming holiday.
IV. Write about a holiday you spent at the seaside.
V. Describe your sightseeing in a town of special historical interest.
VI. Write about different ways of spending a holiday.
UNIT3
GRAMMAR: PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS. PRESENT PERFECT (2)
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
1. Dr Cantor is a heart surgeon. He is operating now. He began at 8 this morning and it is now 4 o'clock.
He has been operating for 8 hours. He has been operating since 8 o'clock.
2. Where's Jack?
He is reading something in the library. He's been reading the whole day.
36
Where's your husband? Judy: Oh, he's dancing with Mrs Winston Diane: Oh, yes ... he's dancing very well. Has he
been dancing
all evening? Judy: Yes, he has... but he hasn't been dancing with me.
11. Jenny: I've been looking for you. How long have you been
watching TV?
Paul: I've been sitting here for more than an hour. Jenny: I was lucky to find you here. I want to talk to you.
///. Listen to the texts and answer the questions:
Mr Jenkins is in the boss's office now. The last time he got a rise was two years ago. He wants another one. The boss
is asking questions like this:
"How long have you been with us now?" "How long have you had the same job?" "How long have you been earning
the same money?"
Questions: Where is Mr Jenkins now? When did he last get a rise? What does he want? What questions is the boss
asking him?
One of Tony's friends, Paul, used to be a teacher. He did not earn a very good salary then. Three years ago he got
another job in industry and immediately got a very good salary. He has a very good job now. He has been in industry
for three years now. He has had a good job for three years and has been earning a good salary all that time.
Questions: What did Paul do three years ago? Why did he change his job? How long has he been in industry? Has
he been earning a good salary all that time?
Tom's brother, Peter, has been back in England for only half an hour. He is waiting to phone Tom, but the woman got
to the phone box just a few seconds before he did. That was ten minutes ago. She has been talking for ten minutes
and Peter has been waiting that long too.
Questions: How long has Peter been back in England? What is he doing at the moment? When did the woman get to
the phone box? How long has Peter been waiting?
Practice
/. Say how long the action has been going on:
e.g. Ann is looking for a job. She began looking for a job six months ago. Ann has been looking for a job for 6
months.
1. Jane is writing letters. She began writing letters an hour ago. 2. George smokes. He started smoking five years
ago. 3. Helen studies French. She began studying French eight months ago. 4. The boys are playing football. They
started playing football two hours ago. 5. It is raining. It began raining three hours ago. 6. Helen is preparing for her
exam. She began preparing for it two weeks ago.
e.g. Lucy began typing at 9 o'clock. She is still typing. Lucy has been typing since 9 o'clock.
1. Dick started reading that book on Friday. He's still reading it. 2. Helen began translating the text at 10 o'clock.
She's still translating it. 3. They began to discuss the plan at 12 o'clock. They are still discussing it. 4. Dick began to
watch TV at 6. He's still watching it. 5. Mr Smith began to work for this company last year. He's still working for the
company. 6. They began to talk at 12. They are still talking.
//. Answer the questions. Use "since" or "for": e.g. Is John still sleeping? (hours)
39
Yes, he's been sleeping for hours, e.g. Is Mary still typing? (two o'clock)
Yes, she's been typing since two o'clock.
1, Is Dick still waiting for Lucy? (more than an hour) 2. Is Susan still playing tennis? (ten o'clock) 3. Are they still
sitting in the garden? (lunchtime) 4. Is Bill still trying to learn Japanese? (ten years) 5. Are you still living in
London? (three years now) 6. Are you still smoking those French cigarettes? (a couple of months) 7. Are you still
waiting to see the boss? (ages) 8. Are they still discussing the project? (nine o'clock) 9. Is Mrs Smith still teaching
English? (thirty years) 10. Are Helen and Alice still shopping? (morning) 11. Are you still looking for your glasses?
(half an hour). 12. Are you still working for the same company? (I left school) 13. Is Bill still swimming? (an hour
already)
///. Give additional information:
e.g. Mike is ill. (for a week) He has been ill for a week.
1. My brother is married, (for two years) 2. I know Steve Baxter, (since I was a child) 3. Nick is absent, (for a week)
4. Jack lives in Bishopton. (since he was born) 5. Helen is in the library, (all day long) 6. Mr Morgan is away, (for
two months) 7. Bill is unemployed, (since April) 8. Ann has a bad cold, (for the last few days) 9. My cousin is in the
army, (since he was 18) 10. The shop is open, (since 8 o'clock) 11. The Baxters are at the seaside, (the whole month)
IV. Answer the questions using the words in brackets:
e.g. When did you last smoke? (for two years)
I haven't smoked for two years.
1. When did it last rain? (for ages) 2. When did they last visit you? (since June) 3. When did you last play tennis?
(for a long time). 4. When did you last drive? (for six months) 5. When did she last write to you? (since last
summer) 6. When did you last eat caviar? (never) 7. When did you last hear from George? (for ages) 8. When did
you last go to the theatre? (for months) 9. When did you last see Bob? (since February) 10. When did you last go to
Spain? (never)
V. Complete with "for" or "since":
e.g. Let's visit Aunt Emily. (Christmas) We haven't visited her since Christmas.
1. Let's invite Harry and Jane to dinner. (March) 2. Let's play cards with the Kents. (weeks) 3. Let's cook a pizza.
(Sally and Jack were here) 4. Let's walk round Hyde Park, (years) 5. Let's
40
watch TV. (last Friday) 6. Let's hear an opera, (months) 7. Let's phone Jeff and Pam. (two weeks) e.g. I'm going to
clean the car (three weeks) I haven't cleaned it for three weeks.
1. I'm going to wash the windows, (five weeks) 2. I'm going to make a cake, (your birthday) 3. I'm going to clean
my shoes. (Tuesday) 4. I'm going to cook a pudding, (last week) 5. I'm going to paint the bathroom, (three years) 6.
I'm going to water the flowers, (three days) 7. I'm going to buy a suit, (two years) 8. I'm going to iron, (last Friday)
9. I'm going to wash the curtains, (your parents stayed with us) 10. I'm going to write to Uncle Jack, (months) 11.
I'm going to dust the bookshelves, (last month)
VI. Give additional information:
e.g. Ann is very tired, (work hard) She has been working hard.
1. Bob has a black eye and Bill has a cut lip. (fight) 2. George has just come from the beach, (lie in the sun) 3. The
streets are wet. (rain) 4. Her eyes are red. (cry) 5. My father has just come home, (fish all day long) 6. Mike is
having supper, (skate the whole evening) 7. Jane is hot and tired, (play tennis)
VII. Ask questions:
e.g. Your friend's hands are covered in oil. (you/work on the car) Have you been working on the car?
1. You have just arrived to meet your friend who is waiting for you. (you/wait long) 2. Your sister has come home
and brought a new blouse, (you/shop) 3. Your friend comes in. His face and hands are very dirty, (what/you/do) 4.
Your sister is out of breath, (you/run) 5. You see a little boy. His eyes are red and watery, (you/cry) e.g. I'm looking
for a job.
How long have you been looking for a job?
1. I'm waiting for Peter. 2. She does two jobs. 3. I am learning Greek. 4. They are travelling about Europe. 5. My
brother is fishing. 6. Jack is a journalist. He writes for "Washington Post". 7. John is a business man in Madrid. He
exports Spanish antiques, e.g. It is raining.
Since when has it been raining?
1. It is snowing. 2. They are writing a test paper. 3. Mrs Johnson is a teacher. She teaches art 4. Jill is a student. She
studies French. 5. Jane is working in the laboratory. 6. Mike collects stamps. 7. I'm still packing. 8. She is taking her
exams.
41
VIII. Say how long the action has been in progress:
e.g. Bill Parks is in his lorry. He got into it at 9 and it's 12 now.
He has (he's) been in his lorry for 3 hours. He has been driving for 3 hours.
1. Sam went into the library 2 hours ago and got a book called "Great Jokes". He is still there. 2. Tony caught a bad
cold 2 weeks ago. He immediately went to bed. He is still there. He coughs a lot. 3. Jane came into the office at 9. It
is 11 now. She is working. 4. Peter and Mary walked onto the station platform half an hour ago. They are waiting for
a train. 5. The heart surgeon went into the operating theatre 8 hours ago. He is still there. 6. Eric and all the other
students are in the lecture hall. They are doing a test. It started 2 hours ago.
IX. Make up short dialogues using the prompts:
e.g. you/married
How long have you been married?
For twenty years, e.g. Jeff/in Italy
Since when has Jeff been in Italy?
Since last autumn.
1. Ann/on holiday 2. Dick/have a car 3. you/know Steve Baxter 4. Mary/have flue 5. Mr Smith/be away 7. you/have
this job. 8. Bob/study Spanish. 9. Fred/in Washington 10. Alec/live in Moscow 11. Kate/be absent 12. Betsy/at the
seaside.
X. Change the sentences. Do it as in the example:
e.g. I was at school with Jim.
I have not seen Jim since I was at school with him. 1. George talked to Jim on Wednesday. 2. Judy visited Jim in
Scotland. 3. The Hunts had to meet Jim at the airport. 4. Sheila studied French with Jim. 5. We forgot to invite Jim to
the party. 6. I left Jim at the hotel. 7. Pam played tennis with Jim,
X/. Answer the questions:
1. Since when haven't you seen your friend? 2. Have long have you known your best friend? 3. Since when haven't
you heard from your relatives? 4. Since when have you lived in Minsk? 5. How long have you been married? 6
Since when haven't you visited the museums in Minsk? 7. Since when haven't you been at the cinema? 8. Since
when haven't you been in Moscow? 9. Since when have you had your car? 9. How long have you worked for your
firm?
42
(Sarn)
6. Mary hasn't done the exercise. (Bob) 7. Nick hasn't brought his records. (Helen) 8. Jim hasn't bought a car yet.
(Steve)
e.g Sue is absent.
I wonder how long she has been absent. 1. Kate is ill. 2. Dick is in China. 3. Dick knows Helen. 4. Johnny is
swimming. 5. Kitty is lying in the sun. 6. Mary is sleeping.
7. Paul and Roger are playing chess. 8. Sam is waiting for you.
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversations, ask and answer questions, role-play the conversations.
1. Jill:
I'm going to wash the windows. I haven't washed them
for two months. Steve: And I'm going to clean the car. I haven't cleaned it
since your birthday. Jill:
I'd like go to the theatre this weekend. We haven't been
to the theatre since "Hamlet". Steve: And would you like to go to a disco on Saturday? We
haven't been to a disco since New Year.
Jill:
No, I don't want to go to a disco. I'd prefer to go to the cinema. But at the moment I want to do the
housework. Would you like to help me? Steve: Not really. I'd like a drink.
Questions: What is Jill going to do today? How long hasn't she washed the windows? And what is Steve going to
do? Since when hasn't he cleaned his car? Since when haven't the Baxters been to the theatre? Does Jill want to go
to a disco? What is she going to do now? 2. Doctor: What is the problem, Mr Jones?
Mr Jones: Well, for the last three days I've had a pain at the bottom of my back. It begins here and goes down into
my leg.
Doctor:
How long have you had it in your leg? Mr Jones: Since last Friday, I think.
Doctor: Have you lifted anything very heavy or taken any unusual exercises?
43
Mr Jones: I don't think so. I've played tennis every week for years. I've never had any problems before.
3. Judith: You've been reading that newspaper for the last hour.
I hate when you read it at breakfast.
Peter: Yes, and you've been watching me the whole time. And you know it's a very important time of the day for me.
I need to relax before I begin the day's work.
Judith: Oh, but think of me. I've been leading the back of your morning newspaper for ten years now and I'd like
someone to talk to!
4. Mother:
What on earth have you been doing? You are covered in ink. Your clothes are ruined. Little boy: We've been playing Cowboys ard Indians. Mother:
You mean
you've been throwing ink around. What's
ink got to do with cowboys? Little boy: Well, I've been playing with a water pistol and my
ammunition was ink.
//. Listen to the text. Ask and answer questions on the text. Retell the text.
I have just received a letter from my brother Tim. He's in Australia. He has been there for six months. Tim is an
engineer. He is working for a big firm and he has already visited a great number of different places in Australia. He
has just bought an Australian car and has gone to Alice Springs, a small town in the centre of Australia. He will soon
visit Darwin. From there he will fly to Perth. My brother has never been abroad before, so he is finding this trip very
exciting.
Self check
/. Translate into English:
1. . . 2. ?
. 3. - ? .
. 4. ' . 5. ? .
6. . . 7. ?
. 8. . 9 ?
. 10. . 11.
? . 12 ? . 13.
? . 14.
44
. . 15. ,
. 16. . .
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS AND PRESENT PERFECT COMPARED
Practice
/. Complete the situations. Do it as in the example: e.g. Tom is reading a book. He started reading two hours ago and
he is on page 53. He has been reading for two hours. He has read 53 pages
so far.
I. Captain Hay is a "million-mile" pilot. He started flying 20 years ago. 2. It is a 3-mile walk from Bob's house to the
city-centre He started an hour ago and he has just reached it.
46
3. Laura started the washing-machine up an hour ago. There are now 30 clean shirts in the basket. 4. You are just
finishing the 5 th and last page of homework. You sat down at the writing-desk 2 hours ago. 5. The tourist came into
the old town an hour ago. He is leaving now with 60 new photographs. 6. The typist started an hour ago. Six letters
are ready now. 7. Bill is smoking. When he started smoking there were 20 cigarettes in the packet He's smoking his
last cigarette.
//. Ask questions:
e.g. I've been picking pears.
How many have you picked?
e.g. He's been making a lot of money.
How much has he made?
1. I've been planting apple trees. 2. I've been making cakes. 3. He's been writing letters. 4. I've been saving money.
5. I've been ironing shirts. 6. Ann's been losing weight. 7. Sue has been washing blankets. 8. He's been selling tea. 9.
He's been collecting stamps. 10. I've been cutting sandwiches. 11. Mary's been sending out invitations. 12. I've been
taking photographs.
///. Make up sentences using the prompts:
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversations. Ask and answer questions. Role-play the conversations.
1. Steve: Hello, Pam. What are you all doing?
Pam: Oh, hello, Steve. What a surprise! Jeff's outside. He's cleaning the car. In fact he has been cleaning it for over
an hour, but he hasn't finished yet.
Steve: And where are the children? Well, I can hear what Kate's doing.
47
Pam: Yes, she's been practising the violin s'nce after lunch. And Mark's in the garden. He has been painting the fence
all afternoon. He hates it. He has only painted half of it.
Steve: And what are you doing, Pam?
Pam: Well, nothing at the moment but I've been reading a new novel by Margaret Drabble. I haven't finished it yet,
but it's very interesting. I can recommend it. In fact I've read all her novels. She's my favourite author. And what's
Jill doing? Steve: She's busy. In fact she's been working all day. She has
to prepare a test for tomorrow. Pam: Well, how about a nice cup of coffee? 2. Brian: Oh, hello. I've been in the
library. Steve: And what have you been doing there? Brian: I've been reading a book about education in England
for
our lesson tomorrow. I'm going home now. Steve: It has been raining again, but it's stopped now. Brian: Well, I've
got an umbrella in my briefcase, in case it
starts again. What are you doing now? Steve: I'm waiting for Mike. I have been waiting for over ten
minutes. Oh, look. There he is now.
Mike: Hello, sorry I'm a bit late. I've done some shopping. Have you been waiting long?
Self check
/. Use the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect Continuous: 1 Look! Somebody (break) the window. 2. I wonder if
John (forget) my number. I (expect) him to call for the past two hours 3 You look very upset. What (happen)? 4. You
(not, finish) that book yet? You (read) it for more than a week. 5. The meat must be nearly ready. I (cook) it for
nearly an hour. 6. What you do) for the last two hours? - I (sit) here working at this problem. 7 I (lose) my key. Can
you help me look for it? 8. You look tired. You (work) hard? 9. My brother is an actor. He (appear) in several films
10. Hello! I (clean) the windows. So far I (clean) five them and there are two more to do. 11. Sorry! I'm late.- That
s all right I (not, wait) long.
//. Translate into English:
1 . 2 45 .
. 3. ?- . 4
? - <^48
. ? . 5. ,
.
PRESENT PERFECT, PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS AND SIMPLE PAST COMPARED
Illustrative Situations
1. Patrick Connor was born in Dublin. He lived there until he was 18. He went to India for five years. Then he spent
another five years in Canada. Five years ago he came to London where he is living now.
He lived in Dublin for 18 years. Then he lived in India for five years and in Canada for 5 years. He has been living
in London for the last five years.
Questions: Where was Patrick born? How long did he live in India and Canada? Where is he now? How long has he
been in London?
2. Two people are waiting at the bus-stop. It is 9 30. They are waiting for the 9.10 bus. One person is very angry.
"This bus is never on time!" he says.
"I've been wating for it for twenty minutes now. Yesterday I waited half an hour for it!"
Questions: What are the people doing? How late is the bus? What does one of the people say? How long has the
man been waiting for the bus? How long did he wait for it yesterday?
Practice
/. Notice the change in form as the situation changes:
Situation: Mary got to the station at 9. The train came at 10. She waited for an hour.
Situation: Peter got to the station at 9. It is 12 now and the train hasn't come yet. He has been waiting for 3 hours.
1. Mary got a job in the bank 5 years ago. She left the job last week. 2. Tom got a job in the bank 10 years ago. He's
still there.
3. I started teaching 6 years ago. As you can see I'm still a teacher.
4. My grandfather became a teacher at 20. He was still one when he died 40 years later. 5. Betty opened the book at
6. She put it down again at 12. 6. Peter opened that book 6 hours ago and he hasn't closed it yet! 7. My brother
started coughing at this time last year. He still has the cough. 8. The baby started crying and stopped an hour later.
49
?
51
. 4. .?
.__ ?
5. 6 , , . 6. ?
. 7. ? .__ ? ,
, ' . 8. ? __ 9.
?
1978 .
Review
/ listen to the conversations. Ask and answer questions. Role-play the conversations. 1. Steve: What have you been
doing?
Jill
I've been preparing lessons for tomorrow, but I've finished now. What have you been doing?
Steve: I've been watching a very interesting programme on television about education in China. It's just finished.
Jill:
Oh, dear, then I've missed it. I thought it was on tomorrow, not today. That was Pam on the phone ten
minutes ago. She's been sewing new curtains all the evening, and Jeff's been painting radiators. Apparently they've
been working hard all the week. By the way, have you 4
put the car in the garage?
Steve: Yes, why? Has it been raining again? Situation: You had a very busy day at the office and stayed there later
than usual. You are home at last. Your wife wants to know what kept you late. You ask what she and the kids have
been
doing.
2. Carol Fenton: I'm Carol Fenton. I'm Mrs Hunt's sister. This evening my sister's family is coming to celebrate my
nephew's birthday. I've planned a small party but Simon doesn't know about it yet. It's a surprise. I'm very excited. 1
haven't seen Sarah's family for five years. My husband and I are from Bristol but we haven't lived there for eight
years. Many of our friends still live in Bristol. Next month we're going there to visit my husband's family. We're
staying at his brother's house. All my relatives are going, too. 3. Mr Fenton: Someone's at the door, Carol. Mrs
Fenton: Is everything ready?
Mr Fenton: Yes, dear, everything's fine. Answer the door. Mrs Fenton: Hello! I'm so happy to see you. Come in!
52
Mrs Hun't:
Mrs Fenton: Thank you, Sarah .. you look very well, too And the children ... they're both so tall!
Mrs Hunt: Well ... you haven't seen them for five years.
Mr Hunt:
Sarah, you've forgotten to introduce Sheila.
Mrs Hunt: I'm very sorry. Carol, we've brought a friend with us. This is Sheila Morgan. She hasn't visited London
before.
Mrs Fenton: Hello, Sheila.
Sheila:
How do you do, Mrs Fenton?
Mrs Fenton: Please call me Carol. Now sit down everyone. I've made some tea. It's in the kitchen. Can Jane help
me?
Mrs Hunt:
Of course she can.
4. Mrs Fenton: How long have you been here?
Mrs Hunt: We've been here since Sunday. Today's Wednesday ... we've been here for three days.
Mrs Fenton: And what have you seen since Sunday?
Mrs Hunt: We've been very busy but we haven't seen very many things. London's so big! We've seen some of the
sights and we've shopped in Oxford Street.
Mrs Fenton: And have you bought anything?
Mrs Hunt: I've seen a few nice things but I haven't bought anything yet.
Mrs Fenton: I'm going to Oxfort Street on Friday. Come with me. I know the good shops.
5. Mrs Hunt: How are your sons? Mrs Fenton: Tim's living with us.
Mrs Hunt:
Has he finished University yet?
Mrs Fenton: Yes, he has. He's worked here in London for
eighteen months. Mrs Hunt: What does he do? Mrs Fenton: He works in an export company. He's worked
there since January. Mrs Hunt: And what does Chris do' Mrs Fenton: He works in Dad's company in Bristol.
6. Torn. Is everything ready?
Sue: No, I haven't bought the melon yet.
Tom: Are there any sandwiches?
Sue: Yes .. well ... no. I've bought the bread but I haven't made
the sandwiches yet Tom: Have you made the pies? Sue: No, I haven't made them yet. Tom: Is the wine here? Sue:
No, it hasn't arrived and the shop's closed now.
54
Situation: You've come to Moscow on business.1 You've got accomodation at the Minsk hotel. You are sharing the
room with another person who came to Moscow 2 days ago. You introduce yourself and have a talk with your
neighbour.
Self check
/. Use the proper tense forms.
1. It still (rain) when I (come) in just now. It (rain) all morning. 2. I (sit) here waiting for you for nearly an hour. I
already (drink) four whiskies. 3. What you (do) all this time? I (not, see) you for weeks. 4. They (not, work) for
several days now. They (be) too ill. 5. It (not, ram) for a month now. The grass is very dry. 6. I (go) to this pub every
evening for the last ten years. 7. Peter (write) letters since two o'clock. He already (write) five letters.
8. I (sleep) for the last two hours and 1 (not, wake) up properly yet.
9. I (buy) a new tie last week, but I (not, wear) it yet. 10. He already (see) that film. He (see) it when he (be) in
London. 11. When you (meet) Mr Smith?" "I (meet) him the day before yesterday." 12. "You ever (speak) to him?"
"Yes. I (speak) to him before the party." 13. Peter (live) in Greece for the last three years. He (live) in Africa before
he (go) to Greece. 14. I just (have) my lunch. 1 (finish) eating five minutes ago. 15. I (make) five mistakes so far today. Yesterday I only (make) three mistakes altogether. 16. I never (play) rugby in my life, but I (play) football when
I (be) at school 17. I (not, hear) from Kate since she (go) abroad. 18. On Sunday 1 was at the beach. I (lie) in the sun
for two hours. 19. "You ever (travel) by sea?" "Yes, I (go) to Batumi by sea last year." 20. "What a lovely old village
Overton is! You (live) here long?" "I (live) here all my life. I (be born) in Overton." "You (be) to other countries^" "Yes, I (go) to France two years ago." 21. "Hello, Mr Thompson. Glad to see you in London. How long you
(be) here?" "Oh, only a few days. I (arrive) here on Monday." "Is it your first visit to London?" "No, I (be) here
several times before." "You (see) many places of interest in London?" "Yes, quite a lot." 22 Charles and
Barbara Williams (live) at a village called Harpole. They only (live) there for a few weeks. They (arrive) on 28
August and they quickly (arrange) the furniture in their new house. They (not, make) many friends yet, but
they (think) that they soon will. The neighbours (be) very kind so far, and Mr
-- Williams (invite) some of them to a party he ^hold) next week. His friends from London and Oxford (corne) to
the party.
The Williams family (live) in London before they (come) to Harpole. Mr Williams (not, like) living in London.
While he (visit) some friends in Southampton last year, he (meet) a company director who (offer) him a job. Mrs
Williams (want) to stay in London, but when they (arrive) in the village, the sun (shine) and she (begin) to enjoy her
country surroundings. 23. Jack (look) at his watch for the twentieth time. Suddenly Jill (arrive). "I (wait) for over an
hour", he (say) angrily. "You never come on time." "Oh, is that so?" Jill answered. "You (be) here at 2.30?" Jack (go)
red. "Well", he (say), "I (get) here five minutes late myself, but you (not, be) here." "I (come) here at exactly 2.30",
Jill said, "and (wait) for five minutes, but you (not, come)." "What you (do) since then?" Jack (ask). "I just (be) to
the hairdresser's", Jill answered brightly.
Mr South
Good morning,
Good afternoon,
Good evening,
Mrs Smith.
Alan.
Pat
Conversation I
. . . ? ,
. , . , . ,
? , . . ///. Insert the
missing phrases from the conversation:
1. How are you feeling today?
... . And you?
2. How's Peter? ...?
Oh, he is much better, thanks. The doctor says ....
3. Talking of news ...?
No, ...?
4. By the way, are you going to Simon's party on Saturday?
5. Well, bye-bye and .. .
IV. Role-play the conversation.
Conversation 2
//. Listen to the conversation again. Recall the phrases expressing greetings, leave takings and inquiries about
a friend (or a relative) used in the conversation.
III. Read the conversation. Paraphrase the conversational formulas expressing greetings and
leavetakings
IV. Role-play the conversation.
Conversation 3
1. You know Jane is not good at the moment. 2. I'm afraid Peter is getting worse. 3. You know Jack has caught flue.
4. Sheila has failed her exam, you know. 5. I've lost my job. 6. I've broken rny leg. 7. I didn't get the job. 8. I didn't
win the prize.
V. Learn the dialogues:
1. I've made up my mind We're going to Spain for the
holidays.
How exciting!
We'll leave early in July.
Great!
2. Morning, Frank. It's nice to see you.
Hello, Jim. How are things?
Pretty good, thank you. Any news from home?
No news. I'm quite upset.
Cheer up! Everything will be . 3. Good morning, Mr Ford.
Good morning, Mr Dobson. How do you like the weather today?
Absolutely wonderful, nice and warm. What's the weather forecast for tomorrow? Do you know?
Yes, it says it will be bright and sunny.
How nice! Good-bye.
Bye-bye.
4. Hello, John. We haven't seen you for ages. Where
have you been? Home?
I've been visiting relatives.
Whereabouts?
I went to Stirling to see an uncle of mine
5. How do you do, Mr Jones?
How do you do, Mr Hardy?
Sit down, please. What can I do for you?
I've come to fix an appointment with you for my chief.
Will 10 o'clock suit him?
Perfectly.
6. I've come to say good-bye.
What time are you leaving?
I'm catching the 7.25.
Well, good-bye and have a good journey.
Good-bye. Remember me to your parents. 7 How's Dick?
Getting worse, I'm afraid.
Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.
61
food although Steve helped himself more than once. The room was too crowded, people were almost pushing one
another around. A girl spilt some wine on my dress. She blamed herself, although it wasn't really her fault in that
crowd. We left early I'm sure nobody noticed.
2. Pam: We had a few little accidents at the weekend. Mark
fell and hurt himself, Kate cut herself with a knife and I burnt myself. Jeff wasn't very understanding. He said we
weren't careful enough and that we could only blame ourselves for the accidents. Jeff had bought a Do-it-yourself
book on carpentry and on Sunday he started to make a wooden table for the balcony. I said to him: "Be careful, don't
cut yourself", but he hit his thumb with the hammer three times.
3. Monika: We went on a tour of the Lake District. Jill:
Oh, how nice! Did you enjoy yourselves? Monika: Yes,
thanks. We met some nice people. Annegret
and I were talking German to each other on the bus and we noticed that the man and the woman opposite us were
listening. They smiled at each other. Finally, the man introduced himself and said: "My wife and I are learning
German, so we need practice. We're going to Germany on holiday next month. I've just been saying some irregular
verbs to myself". He laughed, then they both said a few sentences in German. They seemed to be quite proud of
themselves because it was the first time they had spoken German to German speakers At home, they could only
practise with each other. 4. Steve: Which of these two ties do you like, Jill? Jill: Neither of them.
Steve: Why not? I like both of them. And this red and blue one is nice. Now, which of the three do you like best?
Jill:
None of them. The colours are all too dark. Steve: I like all of them. Jill: And which are you going to
buy? Steve: I don't know. I haven't looked at the prices yet (Looks at the prices). Oh, dear! I
didn't realize they were so expensive. None of them!
5. Conductor:
Fares, please!
Man:
Trafalgar Square, please.
64
Conductor:
I'm sorry, sir. I can't change a pound note
Haven't you got any small change? Man:
I've got no small change, I'm afraid.
Conductor:
I'll ask some of the passengers.
Conductor:
Have you any small change, sir?
1 st Passenger: I'm sorry. I've got none.
2 nd Passenger: I haven't got any either.
Conductor:
Can you change this pound note, madam?
3 rd Passenger: I'm afraid I can't
4 th Passenger: Neither can I.
Conductor:
I'm very sorry, sir. You must get off
the bus None of our passengers can change this note. They are all millionaires!
Two Tramps:
Except us, conductor.
1 st Tramp:
I've got some small change.
2 nd Tramp:
So have I.
6. Steve:
Where's the Latin America's file? I've looked
for it everywhere, but I can't find it anywhere. I've asked everybody, and nobody knows. Last week I put it
somewhere in my cupboard, and now it's nowhere! I need some information for my report. Mr Short wants it
tomorrow, and I haven't much progress.
Barbara: If I see anyone with it, I'll tell you. Don't worry. Somebody has taken it and will bring it back.
Harry: I've got some good news for you, Steve. The file is on Mr Short's desk! Mr Short is waiting for you. Here's a
bit of advice, go and see him immediately.
Steve:
Oh, dear! And you call that good news?
7. Helen: Isn't there anyone at home?
Jim I'll knock again, Helen. Everything is very quiet.
I'm sure there's no one at home. Helen: But that's impossible. Pat and Tom invited us to
lunch. Look through the window. Helen: Can you see anything? Jim: [ ook! Everyone's in the garden. Pat:
Hullo, Helen. Hullo, Jim. Tom: Everybody wants to have lunch in the garden.
It's nice and warm out here. Pat:
Come and have something to drink Jim: Thanks, Pat. May I have a
glass of beer, please? Pat'
Beer? There's none left. You can have some
lemonade. Jim:
Lemonade!
65
Self check
/. Fill in the gaps with "some", "any", "no" or their
compounds:
1 I want .. seats for Tuesday night. Are there ... left? No, there are ... seats left. Every seat is reserved. 2. Doctor, I
think there's ... in my eye. ... looks funny. Let me have a look. I can't see ... . No, I'm sure there's ... there. 3.
There's ... in the other office! I didn't hear ... . Well, just have a look. No, there's ... there. ... has gone home.
4. What are
you looking for? My pen. It's ... in this room! Where have you looked? I've looked ... and I can't find it ... !
//. Fill in the gaps with either"(a) little" or "(a) few": 1 I drank ... whisky. 2. He smoked ... cigarettes. 3. I ate ...
biscuits. 4. There was ... water on the floor. 5. We took ... photographs. 6. I like ... tomato sauce with my chips. 7.
She made ... sandwiches. 8. She's got only ... dollars. 9. I had very ... friends at school. 10. There is too ... sugar in
the tea. the tea.
///. Fill in the gaps with "many" or "much":
1. He hasn't got ... money. 2. We haven't got ... petrol. 3. He hasn't got ... friends. 4. We haven't got ... wine. 5. There
aren't ... oranges in the fridge. 6. How ... coffee did you buy? 7. How . . stamps do you want? 8. How ... letters did
you write? 9. How ... information was he able to give you? 10. How ... sandwiches do you want? 11. There were
too ... people at the party. 12. He made too ... noise.
IV. Complete with "both", "neither", "all" or "none":
Monika: Which of these blouses do you like? This one or that
one?
Maria: ... of them. The colours are too bright. Monika: Well, I like ... of them, and ... of them is expensive.
I think I'll try the striped one. Maria: Have you seen these skirts? Which do you like?
The blue one, the red one or the green one? Monika: Oh, yes. They are nice. I like ... of them. They
aren't expensive. ... of them costs more than 10.
V. Fill in the gaps with proper reflexive pronouns:
1. The dog enjoyed ... with the children. 2. You needn't help them. They can do it ... . 3. I cut ... while shaving. 4. Did
he hurt ... ? 5. She introduced ... as Mary Smith. 6. Don't blame ... . It isn't your fault. 7. Help ... to some cake. 8. We
enjoyed ... at the party. 9. Your hair is untidy. Look at ... in the mirror. 10. I don't like people who always talk
about ... . 11. He was very ashamed of ... . 12. She has won the game and she feels proud of ... .
UNIT5 TOPIC: MEALS
COMMUNICATION: REQUESTS. REQUESTS FOR REPETITION. VOLITION.
TEXT. THE BROWNS GIVE A DINNER PARTY
This evening the Browns have invited some friends to dinner. It is just a small dinner-party for four of their friends:
Mr and Mrs Carter and Mr and Mrs Macdonald.
The guests arrive at about half past seven and are shown into the sitting-room where Mr Brown pours drinks for
them. Sherry is the most popular wine in England; men usually prefer dry sherry, but women prefer sweet. At eight
o'clock Mrs Brown says dinner is ready, and they move into the dining-room.
Mary Brown does all the cooking in her house. She is always a little worried in case something goes wrong, but this
evening everything goes well and the guests make many kind remarks about her cooking.
There are four courses: soup, fish, meat and a sweet which is pudding today. Cheese and biscuits and coffee will be
served after the sweet.
The conversation at table is lively and interesting. Mrs Brown will not let the men talk about trade and politics all
the time; when she thinks anyone is getting tired, she changes the subject. She is very good at getting people to talk
in an interesting way, and there is always plenty of laughter at her dinner-table. Mr Brown often wonders how his
wife can manage to make sure that all her guests enjoy themselves, and at the same time the dinner is well served.
But then, he has known for a long time that his wife is a very clever woman!
When dinner is over they go to the sitting-room. For a while the ladies sit and talk while the men stand about
smoking their cigars and talking business. Presently Mr Brown brings out some of his new records he thinks his
guests will like to hear.
At about eleven o'clock the Macdonalds decide they must go as they have to get back to London. The Carters offer
to run them to the station in their car. So all the guests leave together. Mr and Mrs Brown see them off at the garden
gate. The guests thank their hosts for a pleasant evening and drive off.
68
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text "The Browns Give a Dinner-party" and answer the questions:
What are the Browns doing this evening? What do the Browns treat their guests to? What is the conversation at table
like? Is Mrs Brown a good hostess? What do the guests do after dinner? When do the guests leave the Browns'
house? Do you think they are pleased with the party?
//. Read the text and analyse the language peculiarities of the text. Do some exercises in the next section to
remember them.
Special Difficulties
/. Make up sentences using the word combination "to be good at smth. (doing smth.)":
e.g. He/chess (play chess)
He is good at chess (playing chess)
1. Roger/cycle 2. Mike/chemistry 3. I/play football in my youth 4. Simon/maths at school 5. Sheila/tennis when she
IV. Focus
"In case"
a) This structure is used to give reason for doing something: Take this road map in case you get lost.
The "in case clause" gives the reason for the "main clause", i. e. the reason for taking a map.
b) What's the difference in meaning?
1. I'll buy some apples if I get hungry
2. I'll buy some apples in case I get hungry.
c) Complete these sentences with "if" or "in case":
1. I'll take a plastic bottle of water ... I get thirsty. 2. Can you buy me a newspaper ... you pass a kiosk on your way home?
3. We'll have a swim ... we see a nice place by the river. 4. I'll change a travellers' cheque .. the bank is open. 5. He took
some extra travellers' cheques ... he ran out of money. 6. ... the post office is open, can you buy me some stamps? 7. When
you drive to the mountains this winter, put chains on your wheels ... the roads are icy.
///. When did you last have a party? What was it like? Did you enjoy the party? Was the cooking good? What did you eat?
When
Where
(did you say)'
Eating Dinner
Tim:
It's a quarter past two (2.15) I haven't had anything to eat
since breakfast. I'm hungry
Sheila: So am I.
Tim:
You'd like dinner now, wouldn't you?
Sheila: Yes.
Tim:
Why don't we eat in that restaurant?
Sheila: That's a good idea.
(In the restaurant)
Tim:
Waiter! Waiter! Bring us the menu, will you?
Waiter: Sorry, what did you say?
Tim:
Will you please bring us the menu?
Waiter: Yes, of course. Here you are.
Tim:
We'll need a while to choose. Could you come back in a
minute?
Waiter: All right.
Tim:
Is there anything to your taste on the menu? Sheila: Yes, all kinds of things. Tim:
Would you like
anything to start with? Sheila: Yes, I'd like to try the cucumber salad. Tim:
So would I. And what about the
main course? Sheila: I can't decide between the veal cutlet and the chicken. Tim:
Let's take the veal cutlet. It's
the speciality of the house. Sheila: All right.
Tim:
What would you like with the veaP Sheila: Cauliflower.
Tim:
And I prefer boiled potatoes. Do you want some fruit? Sheila: I'd like an orange. Waiter: Can I take your
order now? Tim:
We want dinner for two. Bring us two veal cutlets with
cauliflower and boiled potatoes, two cucumber salads and
a couple of oranges. Waiter: Anything to drink? Sheila: A half of cider, please.
Tim:
A half of cider and a pint of bitter, please. I hope it's cold. Waiter: Would you like anything else? Tim:
No, that'll be all right. Sheila: Would you please bring me a napkin? Waiter: Certainly.
(some minutes later) Tim:
How is the cutlet?
Sheila: Very tender, thank you And I like the oranges. They are very juicy
75
Tim:
Waiter, our bill, please. How much is it? Waiter: Here you are, sir. Eight pounds and twenty pence. Tim:
Thank you. Here is ten pounds. Keep the change. Waiter: Thank you, sir.
dinner of three courses. At the end of the meal you ask for the bill.
b) Your friend and you are at a restaurant. At the moment you are looking at the menu and choosing the dishes you
would like to try. Your tastes differ.
c) You are at your friends' house. The hostess is treating you to a substantial dinner and the host is pouring wine.
You enjoy the meal and compliment the hostess on her cooking. On leaving the house you thank the hostess for a
wonderful meal.
XVII/. Listen to the conversation:
Booking in Advance
Listening
Meals
Meals in England are much the same as in other countries with the exception of breakfast. I expect you've heard all
about the
79
English breakfast with its porridge or cereal, bacon and eggs, toast, marmalade and tea or coffee. Very few people
like chocolate or cocoa for breakfast. In the afternoon about four o'clock or half past nearly everybody has tea. The
two main meals of the day, lunch and dinner, are more or less alike. Most people have lunch about one o'clock and
dinner at half past seven or later.
Questions: What is the English breakfast like? What are the two main meals of the day? When do the English have
lunch (dinner)?
At the Continental Restaurant
Yesterday was Sherman and Dorothy Johnson's twenty-third anniversary. They went to the Continental Restaurant
for dinner. This restaurant is a very special place for Sherman and Dorothy because they went there on their first
date twenty-four years ago. Sherman and Dorothy sat at a quiet, romantic table in the corner. They had two glasses
of wine and then they ordered dinner. First Dorothy ordered a bowl of vegetable soup, and Sherman ordered a glass
of tomato juice.
For the main course Dorothy ordered baked chicken with rice and Sherman ordered fish with potatoes.
For dessert Dorothy ordered a piece of apple pie and Sherman ordered a bowl of strawberries.
Sherman and Dorothy enjoyed their dinner very much. The soup was delicious and the tomato juice was fresh. The
chicken was wonderful and the rice was tasty. The fish was fantastic and the potatoes were excellent. The apple pie
was magnificent and the strawberries were out of this world!
Sherman and Dorothy had a wonderful evening at the Continental Restaurant. It was a very special anniversary.
Questions: Where did Sherman and Dorothy celebrate their wedding anniversary? What dishes did they order at the
restaurant? How did they find the cooking?
Dinner for Two
Max Roberts is a bachelor. He lives in a small flat in London. Max not only enjoys eating food, he enjoys preparing
it as well. His favourite hobby is cooking. He has had so much practice that he has become an expert cook.
His sister, Anne, called on him last Sunday evening. It was nearly dinner time and Max was in the kitchen. He was
wearing an apron and preparing a meal.
"You will stay to dinner, of course", Max said. "I'm starving!" Ann said. "Is there enough food for both of us?" "I
hope so," Max
80
answered. Anne lifted the lid of the saucepan. "Mm", she said. "It smells delicious. What is it?" "It's a Mexican
dish", Max answered. "But this dish ought to be good. I've been preparing it for 5 hours". "There's enough food here
for ten people! "Anne said as she looked into the saucepan. "Are you expecting company?" "No", Max replied. "I
was going to eat it all myself".
Questions: Where does Max live? What is Max's favourite hobby? When did his sister call on him? Where was Max
at the time? What was Max doing when his sister called? What sort of dish was Max preparing? Why did his sister
ask him if he was expecting company?
An Unwelcome Visitor
The door bell rang. Mrs Carson opened the front door. Her heart sank when she saw Mrs Barbidge. Whenever Mrs
Barbidge called she stayed for hours and hours.
"Good afternoon, Mrs Carson", Mrs Barbidge said. "I was just passing and thought I'd drop in to say hullo".
"How very thoughtful of you", Mrs Carson replied. "Do come in."
Just as Mrs Carson had feared Mrs Barbidge stayed for several hours. It was nearly six o'clock and Mr Carson would
be home from work soon. He couldn't stand Mrs Barbidge. Mrs Carson kept wondering how she could persuade Mrs
Barbidge to leave without offending her.
"Has your husband got home from work yet?" Mrs Carson asked. "Oh, yes," Mrs Barbidge answered. "He always
gets home about 5 o'clock". "It's nearly 6 o'clock. Won't he be getting worried about you?" Mrs Carson said.
"I thought of that," Mrs Barbidge said. "But it's so pleasant here. We've had such a lovely afternoon. You know what
I'll do? I'll ring up my husband and tell him to come round too. May I use your phone, please?"
Questions: Why was Mrs Carson disappointed when Mrs
Barbidge called? When does Mr Carson come from work? How
does Mr Carson feel about Mrs Barbidge? How did Mrs Carson
try to get Mrs Barbidge to leave? Why did Mrs Barbidge decide
i to telephone her husband?
Reading
1. You'll find restaurants for every situation in the US. If you are in a hurry, you may just want to grab some "junk
food" at a grocery store or a candy counter, or you can get a bite to eat at
81
one of the many fast food chains, like McDonald's, Burger King, Kentucky Fried Chicken, or Taco Time. Or you can
get a hero or submarine sandwich "to stay" or "to go" from a sandwich shop or deli. Some of these places have
tables, but many don't. People eat in their cars or take their food home, to their offices or to parks. If you prefer
sitting down but still don't want to spend much, you can try a cafeteria. At all of these places, you pay at a cash
register before you sit down, and you don't have to tip anybody but you usually have to clear the table when you
finish!
Glossary
candy .: very sweet sugary food
deli .: short for delicatessen, a shop where you can buy salads and cooked meats and have sandwiches made
junk food .: snack foods that are not good for you
2. I'm a terrible cook. I've tried hard but it's no use. I've got lots of cookery books, I choose a dish I want to cook, I
read the recipe, I prepare all the necessary ingredients and follow the instructions. But the result is terrible, and I
just have a sandwich or some other quick snack. So I often eat out. I don't like grand restaurants. It's not the
expense, it's just that I don't feel at ease in them. First the waiter gives me a menu which I can't understand
because it's complicated and has lots of foreign words. At the end of the meal when I pay the bill I never know how
much to leave as a tip. I prefer fast food places, like hamburger shops where you pay at once and sit down and eat
straightaway. And I like take-away places, where you buy a meal in a special container and take it home.
3. Maureen often gives dinner parties at home. She loves entertaining. She lays the table: puts the cutlery in the
right places, sets out the plates and puts a clean white napkin at each place. For the meal itself, she usually gives her
guests some kind of starter first, for example soup or melon. Next comes the main course which is usually meat
(unless some of her guests are vegetarians or they're on a special diet) with a side-dish of salad. For dessert it's
usually fruit or ice-cream and then coffee. When everyone has gone home, she must think about doing the washing
up, as in the kitchen the sink is full of dirty cutlery.
Self check
/. Fill in the gaps with prepositions:
Mike and Peter have come ... the canteen to have dinner. It is only half... one but there are a lot of people ... the
canteen already.
82
The boys go ... a small round table .. a window, take a menu-card ... the next table and begin to read it. There is a
great choice ... dishes ... the menu. Mike wants to have cabbage soup ... the first course. Peter prefers milk soup. ...
the second course the boys will have fish ... potatoes. Both ... them are fond ... ice-cream, so they are going to have
it... dessert.
Mike has taken a newspaper... his bag. He likes to read something ... dinner.
//. Fill in the gaps with articles where necessary:
1 I don't like ... mineral water, I prefer ... cup of ... tea. 2. Is there anything to your taste on ... menu? 3. She is going
to cook ... fish soup for ... dinner 4. What can you recommend for first course? 5. ... meat is just to my liking. 6.
What do you usually have for ... second course? 7. ... cheese was fresh and tasty and he ate it with ... appetite. 8. At...
dinner we sat far from each other and could not talk. 9. After ... dinner sit a while, after ... supper walk a mile. 10.
Who is coming to ... tea? 11. I had ... supper at the hotel restaurant 12 For ... breakfast I had ... boiled egg and ... cup
of ... strong tea. 13. He prefers ... roasted meat for... second course. 14. She likes ... black coffee for ... breakfast. 15.
Will you please buy ... loaf of ... brown bread? 16. He is fond of cabbage soup. 17. I liked ... pork we had for ...
supper. 18. I had ... big dinner today. 19. Did you enjoy ... meal? 20. ... juice was delicious. 21. . dinner is cold
already. We must warm it up. 22. It is ... very substantial breakfast, isn't it? 23. I enjoyed ... lunch they served at the
restaurant.
///. Translate into English:
?
.
. . - .
. ?
. . .
.
?
. , .
?
, . .
?
, .
83
?
.
- ?
, . .
Fluency
/. Answer the following questions.
What does your usual dinner consist of? What are your favourite dishes? Are you a good cook? Can you give me a
recipe of one of the dishes you can cook best? Have you got any children? What are their likes and dislikes as far as
food is concerned? Do you always eat at home or do you sometimes dine out? When did you last go to a restaurant?
Did you like the service and the cooking? Which of the Minsk restaurants do you prefer? Why? Have you ever
travelled abroad? How did you find the food in the countries you visited? What is the canteen in your office like? Do
you often have your meals there?
//. Discuss the following:
1. Many people find it very convenient to have dinner at a canteen or a cafe on week-days. Are you of the same
opinion? Why?
2. It is convenient to have a party at a restaurant rather than at home. No trouble at all. All pleasure and fun.
What do you think of it?
///. Act out the following situations:
1. You want to arrange a business lunch for yourself and representatives of another company. Call the restaurant to
reserve a table for the number of people and time you want. Ask what they have on their menu.
2. Your friend and you are having lunch in a restaurant in London. Before paying the bill you decide on how much
to tip the waiter, (the meat was overdone, the service was slow, some items on the table were missing)
IV. Speak on
a) your favourite dishes; b) your usual breakfast (dinner, supper); c) the evening you spent at a restaurant.
V. Write about the party you enjoyed.
84
UNIT 6
COMMUNICATION: SOLIDARITY
GRAMMAR: QUESTION TAGS
Illustrative Situations
/. Listen to the dialogues and learn them:
1. Bill is very athletic. He can swim very well.
So can Jack.
Yes, they are both very good at sports.
2. I am going to the pictures.
So am I.
I hope the film will be good.
So do I.
3. Where is Kate?
She's got to stay at home and look after the children.
So has Bill, as a matter of fact
Then we can't play bridge, can we?
4. Jim played cards yesterday.
So did Paul.
Didn't they get into trouble?
Yes, I expect so.
5. I'm afraid Jack and Jim aren't getting on very well in
English.
No, they aren't.
Particularly Jack, he ought to work harder.
So ought Jim.
I quite agree.
6. Have you ever been to Australia?
No, 1 haven't.
Neither have I, but I've been to Japan
So have I.
7. I'm not going to the club, I'm afraid.
Neither am I.
- It's a pity, isn't it?
Yes, I suppose so.
8. Have you got a radio?
No, I haven't. But I've got a piano
So have I.
9. What do you think of space travel?
I think it's very exciting.
So do I, but Mary doesn't.
Doesn't she?
Practice
/. Express solidarity. e.g. A: Tom is going by taxi. (Bill) B: And so is Bill.
86
A: She works in a laundry, (he)
B: And so does he.
1. They had cornflakes for breakfast. (I) 2. George has lunch in the canteen. (Gerald) 3. John has a car. (Alan) 4. Ann
got a parking ticket. (Alice) 5. Mary's taking photographs. (Michael) 6. I'm tired of this, (we all) 7. Richard has just
got home. (Philip) 8. Bill should take a holiday. (Peter) 9. Emily offered to help. (Jean) 10. Hugh liked the film.
(Mary) li. Jack must go. (his wife) 12. Ann made six mistakes, (you) 13. They're looking for a flat, (we) 14. They
missed the programme, (we) 15. Philip will have to take lessons. (Pat) 16. Dick speaks Chinese. (Paul) 17. Fred has
bought a car. (Mark) 18. Steve can swim well. (Donald) 19. I'm happy. (I) 20. I was here last week. (I) 21. I studied
mathematics at school. (I) e.g. A: Jack couldn't understand it. (Tom)
B: Neither could Tom.
A: He can't cook, (she)
B: Neither can she.
1. Peter hasn't time to study. (Bill) 2. George mustn't be late. (Arthur) 3. Paul didn't get any sleep, (his mother) 4.
Ann doesn't smoke. (I) 5. Nancy won't come, (her husband) 6. Paul doesn't believe you. (James) 7. Bill hasn't been
waiting long. (Bob) 8. Andrew wasn't drunk. (Peter) 9. They don't know the way. (I) 10. Ann won't write letters.
(Lucy) 11. Charles wasn't making a noise. (Jack) 12. He won't be ready by six. (she) 13. The Smiths aren't rich, (the
Joneses) 14. He can't explain it. (anyone else) 15. Peter hasn't started work yet. (Harold) 16. Ann couldn't lift it.
(Alice) 17. Jack hadn't been paid. (Peter) 18. 1 wasn't late this morning. (I) 19. I didn't go to the cinema last night.
(I) 20. I haven't got a Rolls-Royce. (I)
//. Express solidarity in response to your friend's statements (both affirmative and negative).
Self check
/. Complete with "so" or "neither":
Pascale: Are you enjoying the course?
Ann:
Yes, very much.
Pascale: ... I I think our English is really improving.
Ann:
My pronunciation has improved a lot.
Pascale: By the way, how did you do in the last test?
Ann:
Quite well. I thought most of it was fairly easy.
Pascale: ... I. I didn't do very well in the first test though.
Ann:
No,... I. That's why I was surprised at my last test result.
87
Pascale: ... the rest of us. Everybody passed. But I still don't
like tests. And ... Monika. She gets so nervous! Ann: I'm looking forward to a rest over the weekend. Pascale: Yes,...
Illustrative Situations
/. Listen to the conversations and learn them. Observe the question tags used in the conversations. 1. Steve: You
didn't have a very good holiday, did you?
Diana: No, but how do you know? Oh, I expect George told you, didn't he?
Steve: Yes, I met him in town last week. You went to Spain,
didn't you?
Diana: Yes, I like Spain, but... Steve: ... but it rained all the time, didn't it? And you didn't
like the hotel, did you?
Diana: That's right. You went to Spain last year, didn't you? Steve: Yes, but we had a lovely time. In fact, we'll
probably go
there again next year. 2. Jill: What shall I make when you come to tea on Sunday,
Mark? You like chocolate cake, don't you? Mark: Oh, yes, please. It's my favourite.
88
Jill: And Kate likes strawberry jelly, doesn't she?
Mark: Yes, and so do I.
Jill: And you also like chocolate ice-cream, don't you?
Mark: Yes, I love it. Uncle Steve likes ice-cream, too, doesn't he?
Jill: Yes, that's right. By the way, I think you've eaten enough
of those sweets, Mark. The bag's almost empty. You
don't want to be ill, do you?
3. Steve: The curry is excellent, isn't it?
Jill: Yes, you're glad we came now, aren't you?
Steve: Yes, of course. It's better than the curries I make at home.
Jill: And it isn't very expensive here, is it?
Steve: Probably because it's new. They only opened last week.
Jill: They aren't very busy, are they?
Steve: No, not yet, but it's still early. Only 6.30 p.m. And it is
Monday night. It will probably be much busier at
weekends.
4. Hans: The bus leaves at 8.30, doesn't it? AH: Yes, we'll have to get up early.
Hans: And we have lunch in Winchester, don't we?
AH: That's right. After the visit to the Cathedral. Then on to
Salisbury and Stonehenge. Hans: I wonder when the bus will get back. We got back from
the last tour at about 6.30, didn't we? AH: Yes, in time for the theatre. But you don't want to go
out after the tour, do you? Hans: Well, I'd like to go to a concert, but I'll probably be too
tired.
Practice
/. Make question tags:
e.g. A: I'm not late.
B: I'm not late, am I?
'
1. You won' t tell Peter. 2. You needn't start at once. 3. His parents weren't angry. 4. Ann never reads reviews. 5. We
shan't have to wait long. 6. You don't expect me to wait all night. 7. This bus service isn't very reliable. 8. You
haven't read this book. 9. You can't play poker. 10. She didn't type the article yesterday. 11. Ann doesn't like
detectives. 12. You don't have to work hard. 13. Jack wasn't at the party. 14. He couldn't get the tickets. 15. Lucy
didn't come. 16. You won't invite Paul. 17. You haven't talked to the boss, e.g. A: The coffee was terrible.
B: The coffee was terrible, wasn't it?
1. Tom and Ann have announced their engagement. 2. They
89
are getting married next month. 3. Bill will be disappointed 4. He was hoping to marry her himself. 5. You
earn twice as much as your brother. 6. And he works much harder than you. 7. He ought to ask for more money. 8
His employers could afford to pay him more 9. They made an enormous profit last year. 10. Dick can swim well.
11. He can also dive very well. 12. He is good at water-skiing, too. 13. Last year he won the water-skiing competition, e.g. A: You didn't have to wait long.
B: You didn't have to wait long, did you? e.g. A: A bus came almost at once.
B: A bus came almost at once, didn't it? 1. You won't be late. 2. You'll be in time. 3. They weren't very good jokes. 4.
Nobody laughed. 5. It's no use crying over spilt milk. 6 You will be careful. 7. They hadn't met before. 8. I'm in time.
9. You didn't expect him to get the job. 10. He was quite astonished himself. 11. But it'll mean living in London. 12.
He won't like that 13. You can manage on your own. 14. You don't want me to help you. 15. Anyway I'm not much
use. 16. You aren't listening to the radio. 17. Paul caught the 8.40. 18. Ann hasn't come yet. 19. You don't think it
was my fault. 20. You like Peter. 21. They didn't take your passport. 22. The bottle was full this morning. 23. You
aren't going to do anything stupid. 24. You can sail a boat. 25. We don't have to start at once. 26. You didn't find your
watch. 27. You know Peter Brown. 29. Bob will drive the car. 30. She doesn't speak French. 31. Lucy is at home
now.
//. Ask your friend for some information using question tags. Ask him/her about a) sports b) food c) entertainments.
Self check
/. Put in the correct question tags:
An Interrogation
Police
Constable: You are John Alfred Smithers, ...?
Smithers: Yes, I am
PC: You're 36, ...?
S: Yes, that's right. It was my birthday yesterday.
PC: You sell cars, ...?
S: Yes, I do. And other things.
PC: You live in Baling, ...?
S: Yes, I do. I've lived here all my life.
90
PC. You went to Ascot races yesterday, . ?
S: That's right.
PC' You weren't alone, ...?
S: No, ! wasn't I was with Isadora Bell
PC: But you're married, ..., Smithers?
S: Yes, but I haven't seen my- wife For three years.
PC' I see. Now you left your flat at ono o'clock, . .?
S: Yes, about one o'clock.
PC: You were in your Jaguar, .. ?
S: Yes, I was.
PC: You didn't stop for petrol, ...?
S: No.
PC: You had lunch in an Indian restaurant, .. ?
S: Oh, no we didn't. We had lunch in a pub.
PC: You don't remember the name of the pub, ...?
S: No, I'm afraid 1 don't.
PC: You had chicken and chips, ...?
S: No, no, no. We had beer and sandwiches outside.
PC: You arrived in time for the first race, and stayed until the
last race, ...? S: Yes!
PC: You were very lucky, ...? S: Yes, I was. PC: You won f 5,000,...? S: No, I can't remember exactly how
much. PC: There was f 5,000 in your flat, ...? S: Was there?
PC: You don't know where Miss Bell is> now, ...? S: No, I'm not her husband, ...? PC- But you left her
in Central London, because she wanted to
buy some clothes. S: Yes, yes.
PC: It's very interesting, ..., Mr Smithers? S: What do you mean? PC: The last race at Ascot began late and it
didn't finish until
twenty-five past five, so you drove from Ascot to Central
London and back to Haling in 35 minuies, in the rush hour.
That's impossible, ... Mr Smithers!
, .
?
91
.
2. , ?
- .
, ?
.
?
, .
3. , ?
, .
?
- .
.
U N IT 7
GRAMMAR. PAST PERFECT. PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS. FUTURE PERFECT. FUTURE PERFECT
CONTINUOUS.
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
1. I went to a party last week. Tom went to the party too. Tom went home at 10.30. So, when I arrived at 11 o'clock,
Tom wasn't there. He had gone home.
2. As I was going to the station some days ago it began to rain. Fortunately I had taken an umbrella and put on my
raincoat.
3. Yesterday I had a spare ticket for a concert. I knew that my cousin had already passed her exams and I invited her
to the
concert.
4. The other day 1 met my school-mate. He said he had spent a month at the seaside and enjoyed his holidays there.
5. Richard went home a few minutes early yesterday. A few minutes after he had left, his boss phoned and asked to
see him urgently. He was very angry when Richard's secretary told him he had gone.
Richard had already gone when his boss phoned.
6. Last Saturday we had a party. Some guests were late. We sat down to dinner only when all the guests had arrived.
7. I went to the movies after I had done my test.
8. When Mr Hanson was leaving the office he asked his secretary to type some letters. She had typed all the
letters by the time Mr Hanson came back.
9. By 7 o'clock I had packed my suitcases and was ready
to start.
92
10. Last month I was in London. I had done a lot of sightseeing before I left London.
11. When I called on Peter last week I found him in bed. He looked pale as he had been seriously ill for a month.
12. Some weeks ago I had a party. My friend Victor didn't come to the party as he had left for Geneva the day
before.
13. When I met Robert last month he told me he had bought a car the previous week.
14. Yesterday morning I got up and looked out of the window. The sun was shining but the ground was very wet. It
had been raining.
It wasn't raining when I looked out of the window; the sun was shining. But it had been raining. That's why the
ground was wet.
15. When the boys came into the house, their clothes were dirty, their hair was untidy and one had a black eye. They
had been fighting.
16. When I entered Jane's room yesterday I saw that her eyes were red. I understood that she had been crying.
17 When I called on my friend the other day he was writing a report. He said he had been working at it for a month.
//. Listen and learn the following dialogues:
1. Fred had studied French for ten years before he went to
France.
Could he understand French people when he arrived in France?
Yes, he could, but not very well.
2. I met Bill last Friday. He told me he had written a book.
Wasn't he joking?
Yes, he probably was.
3. I phoned Harry yesterday. He said he had made a discovery.
Wasn't he joking?
Yes, he might have.
4. Kate was very clever as a child.
Practice
/. Complete these sentences using the verbs in brackets: You went back to your home town alter many years and
found that many things were different.
1. My friend Henry was no longer there. He (go) away.
2. The local cinema was no longer open. It (close) down.
3. Mr Johnson was no longer alive. He (die)
4. I didn't recognise Mrs Johnson She (change) a lot.
5. Bill no longer had his car. He (sell) it.
//. Complete these sentences as in the example. Use the j verb in brackets:
e.g. Mr and Mrs Davis were in an aeroplane. They were very
nervous as the plane took off because they (fly).. They
were very nervous because they had never flown before.
1. The woman was a complete stranger to me. I (see) ...
2. Margaret was late for work. Her boss was very surprised.
She (be late ...) 3. Janet played tennis yesterday at least she
tried to play tennis. She wasn't very good at it because she
(play) . . 4. It was Keith's first driving lesson. He was very
nervous and didn't know what to do He (drive) ... 5. She found
it difficult to type. She (type) ...
///. Make up sentences using the words in brackets: e.g. I wasn't hungry. (I/just/have/lunch) I had just had lunch.
1. Tom wasn't at home when I arrived, (he/just/go out) 2. We arrived at the cinema late (the
film/already/begin) 3. They weren't eating when I went to see them, (they/just/finish/their dinner) 4. I invited Ann to
dinner last night but she couldn't come (she/already/arrange/to do smth. else) 5. I was very pleased to see Nora
after such a long time. (I/not/see/her/for 5 years) 6. I knew the actor well. (I/see/him/ in/ many plays) 7. Jane was
busy in the kitchen, (she/not/cook/dinner/yet) 8. Robert was late for the lecture, (he/miss/the 8 o'clock train)
IV. Join the sentences together. Do it as in the examples: e.g. We came to the stadium. The football match
started When we came to the stadium the football match had already started.
94
1. She phoned me. I packed my luggage. 2. I found her carriage. She got off the train. 3. I returned home. The guests
left. 4. We got to the station. Our train went out. 5. I came home. My son went to the cinema. 6. I phoned Lucy. She
left the house, e.g. The inspector examined rny suitcases. I went to the train. After the inspector had examined my
suitcases I went to the train.
I. He had dinner. He went to the movies. 2. She wrote the letter. She went to the post-office. 3. He finished work.
He left the office. 4. He saw his friend off. Then he returned home. 5. She felt well. She took some pills, e.g. The
rain stopped. We went out.
The rain had stopped before we went out. I. She got off the train. I reached the platform. 2. She passed all her
exams. She left for Moscow. 3. I listened to the news. I began to do my exercises. 4. She studied English well. She
went to London. 5. We returned home. It got dark, e.g. I booked a ticket. I phoned Bill.
As soon as I had booked a ticket I phoned Bill. I. He reserved a room at the hotel. He went to the post-office. 2. He
paid the bill. He left the hotel. 3. She finished work. She went out for a walk. 4. I cooked dinner. I began to lay the
table. 5. I did the test. I left the Institute, e.g. Mr Jones came home. His son repaired the TV set.
By the time Mr Jones came home his son had repaired the TV set.
I. The boss returned. The secretary typed the documents. 2. I got to the station at 6. My friend booked the tickets. 3.
He came home. His wife made supper. 4. She phoned me. I packed my suitcases. 5. We reached the station. The train
left.
V. Complete the following:
e.g. By five o'clock yesterday...
By five o'clock yesterday I had translated the article. 1 By the end of the month.... 2. ... by 1992. 3. ... by 6 o'clock.
4. By the beginning of the year... . 5. By 8 o'clock... . 6. By January ... . 7. ... by the end of the lesson.
VI. Complete the situations:
e.g. Tom was watching television. He was feeling very tired, (he/study/hard/all day)
He had been studying hard all day.
1. When I entered the room, it was empty. But there was a smell of cigarettes. Somebody (smoke). 2. When Mary
came back from the beach, she looked very red from the sun. (she/lie in
95
the sun/too long) 3. The two boys came into the house. They had a football and they were both very tired,
(they/play) 4. Ann woke up in the middle of the night. She was frightened and she didn't know where she was.
(she/dream) 5. The streets were wet. (it/rain)
VU. Make your own sentences for these situations:
e.g. It was 3 o'clock when Jill went out to look for her son
and 6 o'clock when she found him.
Jill had been looking for her son for 3 hours before she found
him.
1. Roger Morgan got his first job in the film industry when he was 20 He made his first film when he was 25. 2. Roy
started studying for his doctorate when he was 25. He got it when he was 30. 3. Mary started in the shop when she
was 19. When she was 29 she became the manageress. 4. Miss Roach began her driving lessons in January 1992.
She didn't pass her test until January 1993. 5. She started the composition at 8 in the evening. She gave it up at
midnight and went to bed. 6. Roger went to the bus stop at 7. It was 7.30 when the bus came. 7. You ordered the
meal at 2, and the waiter brought it at 3. 8. They went for a walk in the park at 11. It was 12 when it began to rain. 9.
Peter and I arranged to meet at 6 but he came only at 6.30.10. The programme was interesting. I started to watch TV
at 9 when the telephone rang at 10.
VIII. Put the verb into the correct form, Past Perfect Continuous (I had been doing) or Past Continuous (I was
doing):
1. Tom was leaning against the wall, out of breath. He (run).
2. I tried to catch Tom but I couldn't. He (run/very fast).
3. Jim was on his hands and knees on the floor. He (look/for his cigarette lighter). 4. We (walk) along the road
for about 20 minutes, when a car stopped and the driver offered us a lift 5. When I arrived everyone was sitting
round the table with their mouths full. They (eat). 6. When I arrived, Ann (wait) for me. She was rather
annoyed with me because she (wait) for a long time.
IX. Use either Simple Past or Past Perfect.
1. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody (go) to bed. 2. I felt very tired when I got home, so I (go)
straight to bed. 3. I had been looking for my textbook for an hour when at last I (find) it in the laboratory. 4. Mary
looked happy. She said she (find) her ring. 5. Julia (not, finish) work when Jim got to the office. 6. I (finish) my
homework at 6 and went out for a
96
walk. 7. Jane (wash) the dishes, dried them and put them into the cupboard. 8. Tom called me this afternoon and
invited me to go out for a walk, but I couldn't as I (not, wash) the windows yet.
Fluency
/. Listen to the texts. Ask and answer questions on the texts. Retell them.
An Amusing Experience
I had an amusing experience last year. After I had left a small village in the south of France, I drove on to the next
town. On the way a young man waved to me. I stopped and he asked me for a lift. As soon as he had got into the car,
I said good morning to him in French and he replied in the same language. Apart from a few words I do not know
any French at all. Neither of us spoke during the journey. I had nearly reached the town when the young man said
very slowly: "Do you speak English?" As I soon learnt he was English himself.
He Often Does This
After I had had lunch at a village inn I looked for my bag. I had left it on a chair beside the door and now it wasn't
there. As I was looking for it, the inn-keeper came in. "Did you have a good meal?" he asked. "Yes, thank you," I
answered, "but I can't pay the bill. I haven't got my bag." The inn-keeper smiled and immediately went out. In a few
minutes he returned with my bag and ga\e it back to me "I'm very sorry." he said. "My dog had taken it into the
garden. He often does this."
A Busy Day
Steve was very busy at the office today At 10.15 he had already made eleven phone calls. By 11.15 he had written
three separate reports on an accident, a hold-up, and a bomb-scare. At 12 o'clock he arrived at Heathrow Airport
the week before, he had arranged an interview with a British Airways representative. Unfortunately, the man was
late. Steve was hungry, but he couldn't go to lunch until he had interviewed the representative, so he only had a
cheese sandwich. The representative finally arrived at 12.45. He had just come from an important meeting. The
interview lasted till 1.30 and at 2.15 Steve had another appointment in
97
town. At 3 o'clock he still hadn't had any lunch, so he bought another cheese sandwich. He finally finisned work at
6.30, tired and hungry. He was looking forward to a good meal at home, but when he arrived home, Jill had gone
out. There was a note for him on the kitchen table: "Gone out. Cheese sandwiches in the fridge".
Readers' Letters
Have you ever had an embarrassing experience? Last week we asked readers to tell us about embarrassing
experiences. We received hundreds of letters! Here is a selection.
A Smart Teacher
My most embarrassing experience happened when -I had just left the university. I had just started teaching in a
Liverpool secondary school. One morning my alarm-clock didn't ring... . I had forgotten to wind it up. I woke up at
half past eight and school began at nine. I quickly washed, shaved, dressed, jumped into my car and drove to school.
When I arrived the students had already gone into class. After two or three minutes the students began laughing, and
I couldn't understand why. Suddenly I looked down and understood. I had put on one black shoe and one brown
shoe!
Hand in Hand
The most embarrassing experience I've ever had happened two years ago. My wife and I had driven into town to do
some shopping. The streets were very busy and we were holding hands. Suddenly my wife saw a dress that she liked
in a shop window, and stopped. I started looking at some radios in the next window. After a minute or two I reached
for my wife's hand. There was a loud scream, and a woman slapped my face. I hadn't taken my wife's hand, I'd taken
the hand of a complete stranger!
A Parking Problem
My husband and I had decided to buy a new house, and I'd made an appointment to see our bank manager. I'd never
met him before and I was a bit nervous. I drove into town and I was lucky enough to find a parking place outside the
bank. I'd just started reversing into the space when another car drove into it. 1 was furious! I opened my window and
shouted at the other
98
driver. He ignored me and walked away. It took me twenty minutes to find another space. As soon as I had parked
the car, I rushed back to the bank. I was ten minutes late for my interview. I went-to the manager's office, knocked
and walked in. The manager was sitting behind the desk. He was the man who had taken my parking space!
Everything Except the Weather
My old friend, Harrison, had lived in the Mediterranean for many years before he returned to England. He had often
dreamed of retiring in England and had planned to settle down in the country. He had no sooner returned than he
bought a fine house and went to live there. Almost immediately he began to complain about the weather, for even
though it was still summer, it rained continually and it was often bitterly cold. After so many years of sunshine,
Harrison got a shock. He acted as if he had never lived in England before. In the end, it was more than he could
bear. He had hardly had time to settle down when he sold the house and left the country. The dream he had had for
so many years ended there. Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.
Herbert's Homecoming
Herbert Marshall was a student at Cambridge, but his hometown was St Albans. It was August and the family had
gone to the seaside. Herbert went to France for his holiday, but he ran out of money, and came home a week earlier
than he had expected to.
His train didn't get into St Albans until just before midnight. The last bus had gone, so he had to walk home. He let
himself into the kitchen, and as he was feeling hot and sticky, he took off his shirt to have a wash.
Suddenly he heard heavy footsteps running up the path. The back door burst open, and he found himself surrounded
by policemen. They pushed him into the living-room next door, made him sit down, and began asking him
questions.
"What's your name?"
"Where do you live?"
"What's in that case?"
"What are you doing here?"
"I live here", said Herbert. "I've been on holiday". But nobody listened to him. They just went on asking questions.
Then suddenly one of the policemen said: "Watch him Frank we'll go and search the house". They left one tall,
very young policeman, to guard him.
99
Do you like stories? I want to tell you a true story. It happened to a friend of mine a year ago.
While my friend, George, was reading in bed, two thieves climbed into his kitchen. After they had entered the house,
they went into the dining-room. It was very dark, so they turned on a torch. Suddenly they heard a voice behind
them. "What's up? What's up?" someone called. The thieves dropped the torch and ran away as quickly as they
could. George heard the noise and came downstairs quickly. He turned on the light, but he couldn't see anyone. The
thievs had already gone. But George's parrot, Henry, was still there. "What's up, George?" he called. "Nothing,
Henry," George said and smiled. "Go back to sleep."
Self check
Use the proper tense forms:
1. Deborah woke up with a terrible headache because she and Arthur (hold) a party the night before. 2 When Peter
(go) along the street he (see) a friend of his whom he (not, meet) for a long time. 3. I (not, fall asleep) yet when I
(hear) the sound of the bell. 4. I (speak) to the woman because I (think) I (meet) her somewhere before. 5. When we
(get) to the station, we (find) that the 8 o'clock train already (leave) and we had to wait until the next train came in.
While I (wait) I (read) a newspaper. 6. As soon
100
as they (go), 1 (go) straight to bed. 7. When I (get) back to the shop, they (sell) the book I wanted. 8. He (be) tired
because he (work) in the garden all day. 9. First she (open) the parcel, and then she (read) the letter. 10. They (sit)
there for more than an hour when the taxi finally (arrive). 11. They (leave) the room as soon as he (finish) speaking.
12. He quickly (forget) all he (learn) at school. 13. When we (come) to Harpole, the Smiths already (live) there for
ten years. 14. He (tell) me that he (fish) in the river every weekend for the last two years but he never (catch)
anything. 15. As soon as she (hear) the news, she (phone) her mother. 16. When he (look) around he (understand)
that he (get off) at the wrong station. 17. Jack (do) his work by 8 o'clock. He (go) out into the street. The weather
(be) fine. It (stop) snowing and the moon (shine) high in the sky. 18. Errol and his girlfriend, Judy, were very excited
because Judy's father (manage) to get them two tickets for the football Cup Final at Wembley Stadium. They (catch)
an early train to London and (spend) the morning looking round the shops. They (arrive) at Wembley at two o'clock
and (join) the queue to get in. Imagine their horror at the turnstile when they (realise) they (leave) the tickets at
home.
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
I. Tom is a football fan and there is a football match on television this evening. The match begins at 7.30 and ends at
9.15. Ann
101
wants to come and see Tom this evening and wants to know what
time to come.
Ann: Is it all right if I come at about 8,30?
Tom: No, don't come then. I'll be watching the match on television.
Ann: Oh. Well, what about 9.30?
Tom: Yes, that'll be fine. The match will have finished by then.
2. Bill Rawlings and all the other men in the factory have just had their last tea break. It is 2.30. They are all
working again. They'll go on working and then, at 4 o'clock a whistle will blow and they will all stop. Most of them
will run out immediately. A few will stay for a few minutes but the last one will be out before 4.10.
They will all work until 4. The last one will have left by 4.10.
3. Lawrence Morrel, the writer, is trying to finish a story. He must get it in this evening's post. The post is collected
at 5.30. "I'll go on writing until I finish this!" he says to himself. "I'll write until 5.30, but I must finish it by then. I
hope I'll have finished it by then!"
4. My father works at one of the city hospitals. By next month he will have been working there for 40 years.
5. I'm writing a thesis. By the end of this year I'll have been writing it for 5 years.
Practice
/. Make sentences with Future Perfect:
e.g.: Tom and Ann are going to the cinema. The film begins at 7.30 and it is already 7.20 and it will take them 20
minutes to get there. When they get there the film will have already started.
1. Jim goes to bed at II o'clock. Tom is going to visit him at 11.30 this evening. When Tom arrives, Jim (go) to bed.
2. Dick is on holiday. He has very little money and he is spending too much too quickly. Before the end of his
holiday he (spend) all his money. 3. Mike came to Britain from the US nearly three years ago. Next Monday it will
be exactly three years since he arrived. Next Monday he (be) in Britain exactly three years. 4. I know Janet Smith.
By the end of the month I (know) her a whole year. 5. The train arrives at. 6. Peter thinks it arrives at 6.30. It is 6
o'clock now. Peter is on his way to the station to meet his mother. By the time he reaches the station his mother (get)
off the train.
//. Make one sentence with either "by" or "until" for each situation:
e.g.: All the men in the factory are working. The whistle blows at 4. They will work until 4.
102
Sometimes the boss goes home at 5.30, but he never goes home later than six. He'll have gone home by 6. 1. Richard
is watching a programme that ends at 9. He wants to go to bed then. 2. The latest possible time Richard can get up is
7.30. 3. That bus never leaves later than 8. 4. Old Mr Howard is reading a very good book in the library. It closes in
a few minutes, at 9. 5. Mr Jackson is staying at a hotel. He will leave on Friday. 6. Some students are sitting in the
language laboratory at the Institute. The lesson ends at 3 o'clock. 7. The professor sometimes comes at 9.15 and
never later than 9.30. 8. It is the middle of the morning and Lawrence Morrel is writing. He always has lunch at 12.
9. Lawrence may finish today at 4, certainly not later than 4.30. 10. Lawrence is waiting for some money from his
publisher. The publisher has told him that it will arrive not later than Tuesday.
///. Answer the questions using the prompts:
e.g. Have you been waiting for two hours? midday By midday I'll have been waiting for three hours. 1. Have you
been learning English for three years? July 2. Have they been staying here for five weeks? Monday 3. Have you
been living here for nineteen years? Christmas 4. Has he been playing tennis for three hours? tea time 5. Has she
been studying in London for a year? next June 6. Has he been sleeping for eight hours? breakfast time 7. Have I
been talking non-stop for an hour? seven o'clock
e.g. Can you tell me what you want to do by Monday? decide No. 1 won't have decided by then.
1. Can Sid bring the car back tomorrow? repair 2. Can they go to Spain on Tuesday? finish school 4. Shall we have
breakfast at seven? wake up 5. Can we leave in ten minutes' time? eat 6. Shall I go to meet the plane at two o'clock?
land 7. Can you let me know on Saturday? make up one's mind
Self check
/. Use Future Perfect or Future Perfect Continuous:
1. We (finish) this exercise by 8 o'clock. 2. We are late. The lesson (start) by now. 3. By the end of March he (live)
here for three years. 4. Young Billy is growing up. By this time next year he (begin) school. 5. They will be tired
when they get there. They (travel) all day. 6. She (have) lunch by the time we arrive. 7. They (build) the road by the
end of the year. 8.1 (spend) all my money by tomorrow. 9. We (fly) for twelve hours by the time the plane lands. 10.
The play (begin) before we reach the theatre. 11. Before
103
the end of the year they (complete) the project. 12. I (work) for this company non-stop for thirty years by the end of
October.
UNITS TOPIC: CINEMA
COMMUNICATION: SUGGESTIONS. OPINIONS. LIKES, DISLIKES, PREFERENCES.
TEXT. AN EVENING AT THE CINEMA
David Brown is a hard worker at school and his parents hope that he will do well in his examination in the summer,
so that he can go up to University next October. He is determined to do his best. But he cannot work all the time, so
once or twice a week, when he is tired of work, he goes out with his friend Bob Sandford. They usually go to the
theatre or the cinema, but they sometimes go to a dance in Bishopton. They do not often go to a theatre or cinema in
London as the cost of the journey and the higher price of seats in London make this too expensive. It is much
cheaper in Bishopton.
In England the cinema is usually called "the pictures". The American name, "the movies", is sometimes used. The
first performance, or "showing" as it is called, begins about two o'clock in the afternoon, and the show goes on from
then until about half past ten. The cinema is not emptied between the "showings", so that once you have paid for
your seat you can stay in the cinema as long as you like. There are usually one main film, a shorter one, a news film,
some advertisements and a "trailer" telling about the film for the next week.
Cinemas in England are usually larger and more comfortable than the theatres. There is often a restaurant, so that it
is possible to spend a pleasant afternoon and evening there. Behind the cinema screen there is a stage, so that the
building can be used for concerts and other performances.
David and Bob enjoy historical films, films about countries very different from their own, crime stories and films
that make them laugh. They also like to see foreign films, but it is not often possible to see these in Bishopton. When
they were younger they enjoyed "cowboy" films, but now they are older they are not so easily satisfied. They do not
enjoy these films so much because they find they are all very much alike. This week they saw a film of one of
Shakespeare's plays. Some famous actors and actresses were in this film. David had seen the play with the same
actors and actresses at the Royal Shakespeare Theatre in Stradford104
on-Avon the previous summer, so it was interesting to see how the performance in the film was different from the
performance on the stage.
The film was very fine and exciting, but David th6ught it had lost something. There were so many people and places
that you forgot the main characters and the really important things that were happening. Telling his father about the
film when he got home, David said he thought he would remember the theatre performance he had seen at Stradford
long after he had forgotten the film he had seen that evening.
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text and answer the questions:
Does David study at school or at University? What does he like to do in his spare time? What is the English cinema
like? What kind of films do David and Bob enjoy? What film did they see this week? What did David think of the
film?
// Read the text and analyse the language peculiarities of the text. Do some exercises in the next section to remember
them.
Special Difficulties
///. Make your own sentences with either "make someone do" or "let someone do" for each situation, like this:
e.g. The photographer made funny faces at the little girl.
Finally she laughed.
He made her laugh, e.g. David wanted to go out. His mother said he could.
She let him go out.
1. There was an accident and a lot of people stopped to look. A policeman shouted "Move on" and they did. 2. Jane
wanted to go home early one day. Her boss said it was all right. 3. David wanted to stay up late on Saturday. His
mother said he could. 4. He wanted to do the same on Sunday. "No, go to bed" his mother said, and he did. 5. Jill's
father said some very sarcastic things to her. She cried. 6. A student wanted to criticise a teacher's methods. The
teacher did not stop him. 7. Grey is not a colour that suits Jane. She looks pale in it. 8. The comedian was very
funny. The audience laughed.
IV. Make up sentences with the word combination "to be tired of smth.":
e.g. I/cycling
I'm tired of cycling
1. They/travelling 2. She/her thesis 3. I/swimming 4. The actors/rehearsals 5. The children/skating 6. He/gardening
7. She/ this hard work
V. Translate into English (self check)1. He . . 2.
, . 3. ? 4.
, .
5. . .
6. . .
Text Exercises
/. Ask questions about:
a) David's pastime b) cinemas in England c) David's and Bob's likes and dislikes as far as films are concerned d) the
film David and Bob saw last.
//. Speak on:
a) cinemas in England; b) the boys' visit to the cinema.
106
Conversation Practice
Suggestions
a) How to ask for a suggestion:
What
good idea.
that's a marvellous idea, that would be nice, that seems all right.
..
Conversation I
108
IV. Read the conversation. Paraphrase the conversational formulas expressing suggestions and replies to
suggestions.
110
Conversation 3
John: Would you like to get together this weekend?
Peter: Sure. What would you like to do?
John: Well, how about seeing a movie?
Peter: That sounds good. Did you have any particular movie in mind?
John: Well, they say "A Man and his Horse" is very good. It's playing at the Rialto Theatre.
Peter: "A Man and his Horse?" That's a western, isn't it?
John: I think so.
Peter: Well, to tell the truth, I don't like westerns very much.
John: Oh, well, is there any particular movie you'd like to see?
Peter: How about "The Return of the Monster?" It's playing at the Shopping Mall Cinema, and I hear it's excellent.
John: "Return of the Monster?" Hmm .. Isn't that a science-fiction movie?
Peter: Yes, don't you like science-fiction movies?
John: No, not really. Maybe we shouldn't see a movie. Maybe we should do something else.
Peter: Okay. Would you be interested in doing something outdoors?
John: Sure. Any suggestions?
Peter: Well, we could go ice skating.
John: Oh, I'm afraid I don't really enjoy going ice skating. How about going hiking?
Peter: Well, to tell the truth, I've gone hiking several times in the past few weeks.
John: Really? Then I guess you must be pretty tired of hiking.
Peter: I am. Let's do something else.
John: Why don't we just have dinner together somewhere this Saturday?
Peter: That sounds like a good idea. Where would you like to go?
John: Well, one of my favourite places to eat is "The Captain Table."
Peter: Hmm. "The Captain Table?" What kind of food do they serve there?
John: Seafood. But if you don't like seafood we could go someplace else.
Peter: No. On the contrary. I love seafood.
John: You do? Great.
Peter: Then it's settled. "The Captain Table" for dinner on Saturday. What time?
John: How about 7 o'clock?
Peter: Is 8 okay?
John: Fine.
Ill
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions:
What are John and Peter talking about? What does John suggest? Does Peter feel like seeing "A Man and his
Horse"? Does John like science-fiction movies? John enjoys ice skating, doesn't he? Why doesn't Peter feel like
going hiking? Where do the two friends agree to go?
//. Listen to the conversation again. Reproduce the phrases expressing suggestions and replies to suggestions.
III. Find in the text appropriate English phrases for the following:
? . . .
- ? ? ,
. , . - ?
- ? - ? , , .
. ? - .
.
IV. Ask questions on the conversation.
V. Role-play the conversation.
VI. Act out the following situations:
\. Your friend and you are planning how to spend the evening.
2. An interesting film is on at your local cinema. You suggest to your friend seeing it. Your friend asks you some
questions about the film and makes up his (her) mind to see it. You arrange about the tickets and agree to meet
outside the cinema at 6 o'clock.
Likes, Dislikes and Preferences
a) How to express likes:
I (quite)
I'm (very)
like
enjoy
love
fond of keen on
football.
music, jogging.
b) How to agree or disagree with a person's likes:
Agreeing: Disagreeing:
So do I. So am I.
I don't I'm not.
dislike
hate
loud music.
can't stand
can't bear
Disagreeing:
So do I.
Neither can I.
I do.
I don't.
I can.
Conversation 4
Susan: Guess what? They're showing "China Seas" with Clark
Gable on TV tonight. Lucy: Are they really? Oh, I must watch that. If there's one actor
I love watching it's Clark Gable. Susan: Yes, so do I, especially when he's playing opposite Jean
Harlow.
Lucy: Jean Harlow? Oh, I can't stand her! Susan: Can't you? But why not?
Lucy: I don't know. I just don't like the way she acts, that's all. Susan: But she was a very good actress! Lucy:
You must be joking! Susan: No, I'm not. I really like the way she acts. Anyway, I'd
113
much rather watch "China Seas" than the opera on . .
2 "La Traviata". Lucy: You are not serious, are you? You really mean to say that
you'd prefer to watch "China Seas"? Susan: Yes, any day. Lucy: Well ... if that's the sort of film you enjoy
watching, then
all I can say is that I don't think very much of your taste!
I shall watch the opera!
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: What are they showing on TV tonight? What do the girls
think of
Clark Gable? Do they both think much of Jean Harlow's acting?
What programmes are the girls going to watch tonight?
//. Listen to the conversation again. Imitate the phrases expressing likes, dislikes and preferences.
III. Find in the text appropriate English phrases for the following: , .
. , , . . ...
, . .
IV. Role-play the conversation.
V. Express your agreement or disagreement with your friend's likes.
1. I like detectives. 2 I enjoyed the opera. 3. I'm keen on jazz. 4. I'm fond of folk songs. 5. I love football. 6. I liked
sweets when I was a girl. 7. I enjoy classical music. 8. I'm keen on fishing. 9. I like jogging. 10. I'm fond of figureskating. 11. I liked the film very much. 12. I'm fond of science-fiction.
VI. Express your agreement or disagreement with your friend's dislikes.
1. I hate football. 2. I can't stand loud music. 3. I dislike the way she dances. 4. I can't bear Indian films. 5. I don't
like opera. 6. I hate shopping. 7. I dislike the songs he sings. 8. I didn't enjoy the ballet. 9. I don't like coffee with
milk. 10.1 hate being late. 11. 1 can't bear him.
VII. Work in pairs. A expresses his/her preferences, using the words below. agrees or disagrees accordingly.
1. watch TV or listen to the radio 2. go to bed early or late 3. read detective stories or science fiction 4. large cars or
small cars 5. tomato juice or orange juice 6. receive letters or write let114
ters 7. tea or coffee 8. travel by air or sea 9. cabbage soup or chicken soup 10. sunbathe or swim
VIII. Respond to the following suggestions expressing preferences.
1. Shall we go to the cinema? 2. What about seeing a detective? 3. Let's go to the theatre tonight. 4. Why don't we
play a game of tennis) 5. Would you like to go to a concert? 6. Why not go abroad for our holidays? 7. Do you feel
like going for a walk? 8. Why don't we have dinner at this cafeteria? 9. Let's go fishing on Sunday.
IX. Ask your friend about his likes as far as sport is concerned.
X. Situation: Your friend and you are speaking about your likes and dislikes as far as entertainments are concerned.
Conversation 5
Peter: Jack, you've seen "Siar Wars", haven't you?
Jack: Yes, that's right
Peter: What do you think of it'
Jack: Well, I was a bit disappointed, really. I didn't think it was
a particularly good film at all. Peter: Oh, I disagree, Jack. I thought it was great. It's one of the
best films I've ever seen. I enjoyed every minute of it. Jack: I think it was pretty boring. Peter: I really can't agree
with you there, Jack. I don't see how
you can say it was boring. It was full of excitement. Jack: In my opinion, it wasn't. I was bored ... mainly bacause
I was expecting so much more to happen, I suppose. Peter: Oh, come on! A lot happened! It's really exciting. You
are the
first person I've met who hasn't enjoyed the film. Jack: Tastes differ, you know.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions:
What are the boys talking about? What does Peter think of the film "Star Wars"? What is Jack's opinion?
//. Listen to the conversation again Imitate the phrases expressing opinions, agreement and disagreement.
III. Find in the text appropriate English phrases for the following:
, . . , . ( ).
... ? .
, - . . .
IV. Role-play the conversation.
e.g
marvellous. 7. I've never seen anything like that before. 8. In my opinion it's a little boring 9 I \\ as a bit
disappointed.
IX. Your friend and you are discussing the film you've just seen. You liked everything about the film and you
enjoyed the acting. Your friend has a different opinion of the film.
Conversation 6
Mr Alden:
Shall we see a film this evening?
Miss Brown: That would be delightful. 1 haven't seen a film in
many weeks. Mr Alden: There are several cinemas in my neighbourhood
which show the latest pictures. Miss Brown: Let's consult the newspaper to see what films they
are showing in town.
117
Mr Alden;. . That's a splendid idea.-1 believe Shakespeare's "Midsummer Night's Dream" is on at one of the cinemas
tonight. I've heard it is one of the best pictures of the year.
Miss Brown: My sister and I have already seen it. We enjoyed it very much.
Mr Alden: The Casino may have a good programme. They are showing two main pictures, a French film and an
American. I hope you haven't seen them.
Miss Brown: I haven't seen either of them.
Mr Alden: Do you think we shall be able to obtain seats? Shall we buy balcony seats if we can get them?
Miss Brown: Please, don't. I do not enjoy seeing a film from the balcony. It is too far from the screen. It strains my
eyes to see a picture from such a distance.
Mr Alden: The picture starts in fifteen minutes. The foyer has many comfortable seats. We can wait there and enjoy
a cigarette in the meantime. There will be many vacant seats after the picture ends.
(After the film)
Miss Brown: I certainly enjoyed both pictures. In the French film the actors spoke English with a slight French
accent. The French villages shown were very picturesque. The acting was faultless, but I think the plot was a little
weak.
Mr Alden:
I am so glad that you enjoyed both pictures. I think the American plot was very clever. The diction,
too, was excellent. Miss Brown: 1 always like the news-reel. It brings world events
in vivid form and leaves a lasting memory. Mr Alden:
I had a very lovely evening. 1 hope to have the pleasure of
hearing an opera with you in the near future. Miss Brown: Thank you for a pleasant evening. Good night,
Mr Alden.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: What are Mr Alden and Miss Brown talking about3 What
film is on in one of the cinemas in town? Miss Brown hasn't seen it yet, has she^ What is the Casino showing? Does
Miss Brown like seats in the balcony? How did Miss Brown find the programme at the Casino? What did Mr Alden
think of the American plot? Where is Mr Alden going to invite Miss Brown in the near future?
//. Give a brief account of the conversation.
118
///. Find in the text apprdpriate English phrases for the following:
, ? ?
. . ,
, , .
, . ,
. .
IV. Ask questions on the conversation. V Role-play the conversation.
VI. Situation: You think your life is rather monotonous. All work and no play. You invite your friend to see a new
film in the October cinema. Your friend willingly joins you. After the film you share your impressions.
Listening A Visit to the Cinema
Fiona and I went to the cinema the other day to see "Devil" at the Odeon. The review by the Daily Express critic
was good, and we decided to go to the 8 o'clock performance. When I arrived Fiona was waiting for me in the foyer,
looking at a poster for "Devil" on the wall. The usherette took our tickets and showed us to our seats. I don't like to
be close to the screen and I usually sit in the back row if possible, and I prefer a seat in the aisle so that I can stretch
my legs. Before the main film there was a Mickey Mouse Cartoon, then a trailer for the following week's film.
"Devil" was a horror film and I was quite terrified, but Fiona thought it was funny.
A Film Review
Marlon Brando is a superb actor and in the "On the Waterfront" he gave his finest performance. It is his best-known
role. The cast also included Eva Marie Saint and Karl Maiden and the film's director, Elia Kazan, never made a
better film. Parts of the film were shot in the studio in Hollywood, but a lot was made on location in the streets of
New York, which makes it at times like a documentary. The critics loved the film but it was not only a critical
success. It was a great box office success as well arid made an
119
enormous profit. The plot is about a young man's attempt to be a boxing champion.
A Funny Film
Mary likes the cinema very much. She has no lessons and no homework on Saturdays, so she always goes to the
cinema that afternoon. She prefers funny films, but often she sees other kinds of films. She usually goes with some
of her school-friends, and they all sit together and eat nuts and ice-cream and laugh when something funny happens.
They are always very happy at the cinema.
Last Saturday Mary saw a film about a funny man. His name was Percy. Percy was fat and had a big, black
moustache. He went out one night to play cards with his friends when his wife was asleep. When he was going
home at midnight, a dog ran after him and tore his trouser pocket, so Percy lost his key. He tried to climb up a ladder
to get into his house through a window, but he slipper down the ladder and made a terrible noise. His wife woke up
and cried, "Help! Thieves!" Someone telephoned the police and a truck full of policemen arrived. Percy ran away,
but he slipped and fell into the mud at the side of the river. Mary and her friends laugher' a lot.
Self check
/. Fill in the gaps with prepositions:
The other day I made up my mind to go ... the pictures to see a detective. According ... the newspaper reviews the
film promisei to be interesting. I know that my cousin Jack is keen ... detectives so yesterday evening I rang him up
and invited him to come ... me He accepted my invitation willingly. We agreed to meet ... the cine ma ... 6.30. When
1 arrived ... the cinema I found Jack waiting me. There were many people ... the box-office and we had to
stand ... the queue ... about 20 minutes. We were lucky to ge' tickets ... the 7 o'clock show.
Illustrative Situations
I think (that)
he speaks English.
they are playing
chess
now.
he came on time.
she was skating at 6.
they have seen this film.
she has been waiting long.
he will phone me tonight.
they will be leaving soon.
he'll have done the work
by 7.
Simple Present Present Continuous
Simple Past Past Continuous Present Perfect Present Perfect Cont Simple Future Future Continuous Future Perfect
Other introductory phrases often used in the principal clause: I believe, I suppose, I know, I hope, I am sure, I am
afraid, I see, I remember, I understand, He says, She has told us, He will say, etc.
he knows French.
she is still typing.
he was at the cinema yesterday.
1 wonder if
you were watching TV last night,
(whether)
they have seen him.
he has been working hard.
he will be at home at 10.
she will be leaving tonight.
Other Introductory phrases often used in the principal clause I'd like to know, I don't know, I'm not sure, She doesn't understand,
I've no idea; He doesn't remember, I can't tell you, She asks, He wonders, He has asked, She will ask, etc.
122
where she lives'? what they are doing now? when he was in London last?
Can you tell me
what he was doing at 5 yesterday?
how long she has been here? since when she has been waiting for me? how he will get there? where they will be travelling?
Other introductory phrases often used in the principal clause: Do you know, Do you understand, Does she remember, Will
you ask him, Has he told you, etc.
whose book it is.
who is playing the piano.
when she saw Peter last.
Tell me
what Dick was doing at 7.
Ask her
if Jane has brought the records.
how long she has been typing.
if they will come.
what they will be doing at 9.
Practice
/. Ask about another person. Begin your questions with: I wonder, I'd like to know, I want to know:
e.g. Kate is a student.
I wonder whether Mary is a student, too.
1. Peter doesn't play chess. 2. Alec has seen ihis film. 3. Lucy speaks French. 4. Dick went fishing on Sunday. 5.
Jane won't take part in the expedition. 6. Steve is not keen on pop music. 7. Roger has a car. 8. Frank speaks Italian.
9. Paul will join us. 10. I have a boat. 11. Susan is fond of theatre. 12. Mike says Betty has come. 13. Victor will go
abroad next month.
//. Ask for additional information: e-g. Robert has left for Moscow, (why)
I wonder why Robert has left for Moscow.
1 Lucy dines at 2. (where) 2. Jane has brought some dictionaries, (what dictionaries) 3. He doesn't want to corne.
(why) 4. We've got a lot of time, (how much) 5. He receives many newspapers, (what newspapers) 6. Betty saw Alec
not long ago. (when)
e-g- Steve is a journalist, (his wife)
Do you know if his wife is also a journalist?
123
1. Victor works at a plant. ,(Mike) 2. Mr Brown is at home (his son) 3. There is a cinema in the street,
(a theatre)
4. They rest at the seaside, (the Blacks) 5. Mr Smith stayed at a hotel. (Mr Morgan)
e.g. She has lunch at 12. (where)
Do you know where she has lunch? 1. She doesn't like him. (why) 2. They'll leave soon, (when)
3. Somebody has booked the tickets, (who) 4. She was late. (wh\ >
5. They will be resting in June, (where)
///. Make up complex sentences using the given phrases:
e.g. Helen knows English well. (I'm sure) I'm sure Helen knows English well.
1. She has missed the train. (I'm afraid) 2. They took a bus in King street. (They say) 3. She goes to work by Metro.
(I know)
4. Where has Tom gone? (Do you know...?) 5. What's the time? (I wonder) 6. She has lost her way. (I'm
afraid) 7. Where did you park your car? (Can't you remember...?) 8. She will go shopping tomorrow. (I suppose) 9.
They won't be late. (I hope)
they got? '2. Why must he go to the police station? 13. How old is h? 14. How much did she pay for her car?
VI. Ask for additional information. Begin your questions with: Do you know...? Can you tell me...? Do you
remember...?
eg _ Victor studies at school.
Do you know at what school he studies?
1. Jack didn't come to the party. 2. My brother was at the cinema yesterday. 3. My friend is going abroad soon. 4.
My husband left for Kiev yesterday. 5. Mike has brought some records. 6. Helen missed the lecture on Saturday. 7. I
saw Peter not long ago.
VII. Say that you don't know the answer to the questions you are asked. Begin your answers with: I've no idea..., I
can't tell you..., I don't know ..., I don't remember..., I'm not sure...:
e.g. Where does Dick live?
I've no idea where he lives.
1. Why didn't he come? 2. Which English word has most meanings? 3. Is that a cactus or what? 4. Where did ycu
rest in 1986? 5. Will Steve come to the party? 6. Who wrote the story "Three at Table"? 7. Where is Mary? 8. What
games does your friend prefer?
VIII. Respond to the following questions:
e.g. "What's that girl's name?" "I don't know." "Ask her." All right. I'll ask her what her name is. 1. "Where
does she come from?" "I don't know". "Ask her."
2. "What are those boys doing?" "I don't know " "Ask them."
3. "Why are they still in the classroom?" "I don't know." "Ask them." 4. "How do you spell "receive"?"
"I don't know". "Ask the teacher". 5. "Where did John get that car from?" "I don't know." "Ask him". 6. "How
much did it cost?" "I don't know." "Ask him". 7. "When will the party end?" "1 don't know." "Ask Charles."
IX. Complete the sentences:
1. I'm afraid... 2. Are you sure...? 3. He thinks ... 4. They don't know ... 5. Can you tell me...? 6. I hope... 7. Bob
says... " I'm not sure... 9. Do you know...? 10. Do you understand...? 11- I don't remember... 'l2. Tell him... 13. Ask
her... 14. He asks... 15. I w'onder... 16. Do you remember...? 17. I'd like to know... 18- I don't think... 19. I suppose...
20. Will you ask him...? 21. I beA". You are making a phone call. You want to speak to Sue but
125
she Isn't there. Someone else answers the phone. You want to know three things:
1. Where has she gone? 2 When will she be back? 3. Did she go out alone'
Complete the conversation:
1. "Do you know...?" "Sorry. I've got no idea." 2 "Never mind I don't suppose you know... ." "No, I'm afraid I don't."
3. "One more thing. Do you happen to know...?" "I'm afraid I didn't see her go out."
Reported speech (present)
/. Report, the following utterances:
e.g. Peter: I'm fond of playing tennis.
Peter says he is fond of playing tennis.
1. Mr Smith: My son has travelled a lot. 2. Jack: They are staying at the Minsk hotel 3. Mrs Baxter: I'll book a return
ticket 4. Helen: I'm going to take my English exam tomorrow. 5. Roger-Mike hasn't visited us since September. 6.
Mary: We didn't go to the country on Sunday, e.g. Dick: Is Lucy married?
Dick asks if (whether) Lucy is married.
1. Sam to Peter: Do you often visit your parents? 2. George to his brother: Are you going to take a taxi? 3. Jane to
Mary: Did you go away on business last month? 4. Bob to Susan: Will you comr to the meeting? 5. Kate to Betsy:
Do you like coffee? 6. Donald to Roger: Did you see Brian yesterday? 7. Mrs Smith to her children: Are you happy?
8. Your teacher to you: Do you work hard at English? 9. Mike to his sister: Can you help me? e.g. Mary to you:
Since when have you known Mr Fox? Mary asks since when I have known Mr Fox.
1. Robert to you: Where will you spend your holidays? 2. Mi Baxter to Mr Robinson: Were you at the theatre
yesterday? 3. Do nald to his brother: When did you send the telegram? 4. Youi father to you: Were you at home
yesterday afternoon? 5. Mi Parker to his neighbour: Have you bought a car? 6. Nina to Lucy. Why didn't you phone
me yesterday? 7. Mrs Robinson to her son Have you done your homework? 8. Mr Lee to his secretary How
many letters have you typed? 9. Ann to Helen: Are you fond of tennis? 10. Alec to Victor: How long haven't you
heard from your brother? 11 George to Steve: What were you doing yesterda; afternoon? 12 Mary to her brotherWill you be seeing Peter today? 13. Mr Baxter to Mr Short: Have you signed the papers
vet?
126
Fluency
/. Report Pam's message:
Pam wants to speak to Jill on the phone, but Jill is washing her hair. Steve shouts into the bathroom. Pam: I shall
be on my own at the weekend. Steve: It's Pam! She says... . Pam: Jeff's going to Manchester, and Kate's gone to
stay with a
friend.
Steve: She says...
Pam: And Mark went camping yesterday. Steve: She says... Pam: So, if it's all right, I'd like to come and stay
with you for
the weekend. Steve: She says...
Jill:
Oh, yes, fine. Tell her I'd love her to come. Steve: Jill says ... .
//. Listen to the conversations. Ask and answer questions. Roleplay the conversations.
1. This is the Radio I Newsdesk. In Dorset, a helicopter is trying to rescue a man who has fallen down a
cliff. He's lying on a small beach. An air-sea rescue helicopter has arrived at the scene, and one of the crew has
climbed down a ladder to the beach. He's speaking to a doctor by radio. Crewman: Hello. Can you hear me, doctor?
Doctor:
Yes, I can hear you clearly Is he unconscious? Crewman: No, he's conscious. But he looks pretty bad.
Doctor:
. - Ask him if he can move. Crewman: Can you move? Man:
No...
DoctorAsk him if he is in pain. Crewman: Are you in pain?
127
Man:
Oh... yes...
Doctor:
Ask him where it hurts.
Crewman: Where does it hurt?
Man:
It's my back.
Doctor:
Right. Don't move him. I'm coming down.
2. Frank Aitken is the editor of the Daily News. He's sending trainee journalist to interview the American singer,
Bob Sonata.
"Now, I've arranged the interview for four o'clock... at h hotel. Ask him lots of questions. You know... ask him if he
liki England. Ask him what his next record will be, when he recorde it... and ask him where. Ask him all the usual
questions... bi don't... don't ask him how old he is. . K.?"
3. Grandmother: Read Jimmy's card to me please, Mary. Mary:
I have just arrived in Scotland and I'm
staying
a Youth Hostel. Grandmother: Eh? Mary:
He says he's just arrived in Scotland. He sa\
he's staying at a Youth Hostel. You know he's
member of the Y. H. A. Grandmother: The what? Mary:
The Y. H. A., mother.
The Youth Hostels Association. Grandmother: What else does he say? Mary:
I'll write a letter soon. I hope
you are all well.
Grandmother: What? Speak up, Mary. I'm afraid I can't he,<you. Mary:
He says he'll write a letter soon. He hopes \<
are all well. "Love, Jimmy".
Grandmother: Is that all? He doesn't say very much, does he' Mary:
He can't write very much on a card,
mother.
Questions: What is Jimmy doing at the moment? Where is ! staying? What else does he say?
4. Harry: How was the examination, Dick?
Dick: Not too bad. I think I passed in English and Mathem i tics. The questions were very easy. How about yoi
Harry?
Harry: The English and Maths papers weren't easy enough f' me. I hope I haven't failed.
Dick: I think I failed the Intelligence Test. I could ansu sixteen of the questions. They were very easy. But couldn't
answer the rest. They were too difficult for rrp
Harry: Intelligence tests are awful, aren't they?
Dick: I hate them I'm sure I've got a low I. Q.
Harry: Oh, cheer up! Perhaps we didn't do too badly. The fell' '-v next to me wrote his name at the top of the papt'
128
Dick- Yes?
Harry: Then he sat there and looked at it for three hours' He didn't write a word 1
Questions: What does Dick think of the results of his exam? js Harry sure he has passed his examination
successfully? How did Dick find the Intelligence Test?
Self check
/. Translate into English:
1. , . 2. , . 3. ,
, . 4. , 5
, . 6. , . 7. ,
. 8. , . 9. , . 10.
, 20 . 11. , . 12.
, ? 13. , 1980 ? 14. ,
. 15. , . 16. , . 17. ,
. 18. , . 19. ,
? 20. , . 21. ,
. 22. ,
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
1. Yesterday evening when I returned from work my friend phoned me. He said he had a spare ticket for a concert
and invited me to join him. But I answered that I was too tired and didn't want to go anywhere.
2. Jane is leaving for the Caucasus tonight.
But she said she wanted to go to the Crimea.
She has changed her mind
3. Why didn't you call on me yesterday evening?
I didn't know you were at home.
4. Yesterday on my way home I met Mary. She was in a hurry. I thought she was hurrying to the Institute but she
said she was
129
going to the station to meet a friend of hers who was coming by the 9 o'clock train.
5. Last Sunday the weather was fine. I knew that my uncle would go to the country. I rang him up and said that I
would also come with him. He said he would start in an hour and asked me not to be late. I promised that I would be
at his place in half an hour. We enjoyed the time we spent in the country that day
6. A week ago my daughter asked me to take her to the circus. I promised that we would go there on the next day
On the following day I took her to the circus.
7. I thought you were going to call on me last night. Why
didn't you? I didn't know Mary would come to visit me but she did.
8. Last week on my way home I met George. He said he would be leaving for Moscow in an hour.
9. Last month I saw Alec. He looked very sunburnt. He said he'd spent a month in the south.
10. Betty told me some days ago that Mike had got married.
Wasn't she joking?
I don't think so.
11. When I entered Jane's room yesterday I saw that her eyes were red. I understood that she had been crying.
12. When I called on my friend the other day he was writing a report. He said he had been working at it for a
month.
Illustrative Texts
/. Listen to the text, read it and analyse the use of tenses. Reproduce the text.
The secretary told me that Mr Harmsworth would see me. I felt very nervous when I went into his office. He did not
look up from his desk when I entered. After I had sat down, he said that business was very bad. He told me that the
firm could not afford to pay such large salaries. Twenty people had already left. I knew that my turn had come.
"Mr Harmsworth", I said in a weak voice.
"Don't interrupt", he said.
Then he smiled and told me I would receive an extra 1000 a year!
//. Listen to another text. Pay attention to the difference in the use of tenses in the original and reported
1. On Friday I saw Lucy. I learned she (go abroad soon). 2. Nick didn't want to stay at his relatives'. He said he (put
up at a hotel). 3. I felt worried. I was afraid Jane (be late). 4. There were a lot of good actors in the cast. I thought
that the film (be interesting).
5. John came by train. I was sure he (fly). 6. The task was too difficult for me. My friend promised he (help me). 7.
Paul had already seen the play. He was sure we (enjoy it).
e.g. Dick couldn't come with us. He said he (play tennis in the
evening).
Dick couldn't come with us. He said he would be playing
tennis in the evening.
1. Mary didn't want to go out. She said she (watch TV the whole day). 2. Susan said she would be busy on Saturday.
I was sure she (shop all day long). 3. We didn't invite John for the picnic. We knew he (work in the library on
Sunday). 4. I wanted to visit Helen yesterday but then I changed my mind. I remembered that she (visit her parents
in the country). 5. My friend and I agreed to go to the pictures yesterday evening. My friend said he (wait for me
outside the cinema at 6).
Fluency
/. Listen to the following texts, read and reproduce them:
\. Last Friday Mr Hanson told his wife, Jane, that he would not be coming early that evening. He said that he had
several business matters to attend to at his office and they would take him two or three hours to finish. He hoped that
she would not be too angr\ with him. He had had a lot of extra work to do during the previous three weeks and he
had not been able to complete it. Jane said that she didn't mind if Mr Hanson was late. She would go next door and
talk to her friends, Eric and Elisabeth Grey.
2. Once a mother and her two daughters were visiting London While they were doing sightseeing they saw a noticeboard with "National Picture Gallery" on it. The girls said they wanted to go in as they had never been in any picture
gallery. They were sure they would enjoy it. But their mother didn't think so. She said she had visited a picture
gallery and knew what it was like. She explained to the girls that they would not see any "real pictures" (movies she
meant), but paintings, mere paintings.
3. Once an Englishman went to the seaside for his holidays He asked his housekeeper to post him all the letters that
sh< would receive during his absence. She promised him to do that. The Englishman rested very well. A month
passed but he didn't receive any letters. He thought that it was strange and he rang up his housekeeper and asked her
why she hadn't posted his letters. The housekeeper told him that he had forgotten to leave her the key to the letterbox. The Englishman promised that he would send hei the key. Some days later he put the key into an envelope,
wrote down his address on it and posted the letter. Another month was passing. But still he didn't receive any letters.
Then at the end 01 the month he returned home. He spoke angrily with his housekeeper "But what could I do?" she
said. "The key which you posted was in the locked letter-box, too."
4. When Mr Long, the Minister of Education, was asked about the school-leaving age again at a press conference
yesterday, he said that there were still a large number of problems to be considered. One reporter asked what the
Government was going to do about children who wanted to go out and earn money at the age of 16 Mr. Long said
that he realised a lot of young people wanted to stand on their own two feet early in life, and he thought this was
very good. But he added that he felt young people needed as much education as we could give them so the
Government \vas seriously considering the raising the school-leaving age sometimt in the future.
Self check
/. Use the proper tense forms:
1. When the train (stop) I (look) out of the window but (not, see) any of my friends there. I (send) them a telegram
and I (think) that they (meet) me. My friend Mike said that, perhaps, they (wait) for us in the waiting-room. We (go)
there but (not, find) them there either. We (think) that something (happen). We (wait) for half an hour and then we
(understand) that they (not, come). Later our friends told us they (receive) our telegram ten minutes before the train
time and (not, can) meet us. 2. When I came to Peter's place yesterday I learned that he (go) to the airport to meet a
friend of his who (come) by the 9 o'clock plane. 3. A week ago I (go) to a restaurant. I (take) a seat at one of the
tables and (look) through the menu. Then a waiter (come) and asked me if I (choose) anything. I said I (choose) a
tomato salad, a chop and black coffee. I also said I (take) an orange. 4. Alice said that she (enjoy) her last trip about
the Crimea and she (spend) her next holidays in one of the seaside towns in the Caucasus. 5. Some days ago I (offer)
Helen a ticket for a new film but she refused. She (say) that she (have a headache) and (not, want) to go anywhere.
U NIT 10
TOPIC: THEATRE
COMMUNICATION: INVITATIONS
TEXT. A VISIT TO THE THEATRE
On the evening before Roger Brown left England he took his girlfriend Mary Summers to the theatre. There are over
thirty theatres in London, each offering a different play, musical, revue or variety show. Roger studied the
entertainment section in the newspaper for a long time before deciding which theatre to go to. Eventually he chose
something gay and amusing the stage production of My Fair Lady at the Drury Lane Theatre. This musical play,
based on George Bernard Shaw's famous play, Pygmalion, had been on for almost five years. It had been one of the
greatest successes in the history of the theatre. During the first few years of its"run" it had been very difficult to get
tickets but by the time Roger wanted to buy two the show was playing to half-empty houses.
Roger had booked his tickets through a theatre ticket agency in Shaftesbury Avenue, a long street in the West End of
London, famous bacause most of London's theatres are located on the street itself or in the neighbourhood.
The show began at eight o'clock and Roger and Mary decided to have a quick snack in a coffee-bar before the show
and dinner in a restaurant afterwards. As Roger wanted the evening to be a memorable one, he had reserved a table
for two at a famous night club and restaurant where they could not only eat fine food but dance to a first-class
orchestra. Roger had decided to ask Mary to marry him in a year's time. He wanted to propose to her in a romantic
setting.
He met Mary outside her office at 5.30. As the evening was fine they walked in St. James' Park for an hour before
taking a taxi to Shaftesbury Avenue. There they soon found a pleasant coffee-bar and had some coffee and cakes. At
7.30 they took another taxi to Drury Lane Theatre. They were shown to good seats in the front stalls and from there
they could see every part of the stage. At five minutes to eight members of the orchestra came into the orchestra pit
and began tuning their instruments. Then at 8 o'clock the house lights dimmed and the orchestra began playing the
overture a piece of music that was to follow.
Although the cast of the play had acted their parts every night for several years, they had not lost any interest in the
play and everyone gave an excellent performance. Mary was particularly
136
delighted by the costumes and Roger who takes technical interest in all things commented on the clever lighting and
the construction of the sets.
Mary and Roger enjoyed the performance very much and applauded enthusiastically at the end when the cast lined
up on the stage to take their curtain calls. Outside the theatre Roger hailed a taxi and told the driver to take them to
the "Black Cat" night club. London has many night clubs, but the "Black Cat" is one of the most famous and
certainly the most expensive.
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text and answer the questions:
Where did Roger Brown take Mary Summers before he left England? What play did he choose? Was the play
popular with the public? What did Roger and Mary do before the play began? What was the performance like? Did
they enjoy it? Where did Roger and Mary go after the performance? Why did Roger reserve a table at the "Black
Cat"?
//. Read the text and analyse the language peculiarities of the text. Do some exercises in the next section to
remember them.
Special Difficulties
/. Study these example situations:
a) Richard West has a new job. He has only one suit, an old grey one. His wife thinks he should buy a new suit.
"After all", she says, "you must make a good impression in your new job".
Text Exercises
/. Ask questions about a) the London theatres b) the play Roger chose c) the way Mary and Roger spent the time
before the performance began d) the performance and their impressions.
//. Retell the text.
138
f) How to persist with an invitation to try to persuade others to change their minds:
If a person turns down your invitation, you can always persist if and try to make him change his mind. Here are
some phrases you can use:
139
Conversation 1
It is Tuesday evening. Joanna has just come home from work when the phone rings. Joanna: Hello, 5621. Simon:
Hello, Jo. It's me Simon. Do you remember from
the party?
Joanna: Oh, yes, of course. Hello, Simon. Simon: Listen, Jo, I was wondering if you were doing anything
on Saturday afternoon? Joanna: Er ... Saturday?
Simon: Only, if not, would you like to come to Stratford for the day? They say "The Merchant of Venice" is really
mar vellous! Joanna: Yes, I'd love to, but wait a minute I'll just check in m
diary. (She looks through her diary.) Hello? Simon: Yes?
Joanna: I'm awfully sorry, Simon, but my mother's coming down from Edinburgh and I've promised to go shopping
with her on Saturday afternoon.
Simon: Oh, that's a pity! But can't you go shopping another da}' Joanna: No, I'm afraid not. My mother's only
staying for a few
days. Simon: But do you really have to go with her? Can't she go on
her own?
Joanna: Well, she's buying a coat and wants me to go along arid help her choose it. I'll have to go with her. She's
been looking forward to it for weeks. Simon: Ah well, another time perhaps?
Joanna: Yes, fine. Look, why not the weekend after next? It's still on then, isn't it3
140
Simon: Yes, I think so. A week on Saturday, then. I'll pick you
up at about 2 o'clock. . .? Joanna: Yes, lovely. Thank you. I look forward to it.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions:
Who is calling Joanna? Where does Simon invite Joanna to? Why can't she accept his invitation? What do they
agree upon?
//. Give a brief account of the conversation.
III. Find in the text appropriate English phrases for the following:
, , , ? ?
... . ... . . .
? , . ? .
? . . .
.
IV. Act out the conversation.
V. Accept the invitations:
1. Would you like to come to Stratford on Saturday afternoon? 2. Do you want to have lunch with me tomorrow? 3.
How about visiting the Space Museum with me on Saturday? 4. Do you feel like seeing the film at the Plaza with
me tomorrow? 5. Do you feel like coming for a drive? 6. Would you like to join me?
VI. Turn down the invitations politely:
1. Would you like to see "Hamlet" with me next Thursday? 2. Do you want to go to the country with me tomorrow?
3. Do you feel like visiting the new art gallery on Saturday? 4. How about coming round to my place tonight? 5.
What about having dinner with me some time next week? 6. Do you feel like going to the pictures with me
tomorrow?
VII. Invite your friend to:
nave dinner with you; go to the dance with you on Friday; go on a picnic with you; come round for a meal on
Christmas Eve; join you for golf on Friday; listen to your new records; go for a walk with you; hear "Carmen" with
you; play chess with you, etc. Your friend will accept or turn down the invitation.
141
VIII. Learn the dialogues. Make up similar dialogues:
1. Would you like to come with me to the cinema tonight?
I'd love to, but honestly I can't.
Oh, come on. Just for me, eh?
Oh, very well. Just for you.
2. Would you like to come fishing with me on Wednesday?
Oh dear, I can't on Wednesday. Can't you make it another day?
What about Thursday, then?
1. You've got a spare ticket for "Carmen" on Saturday night. You phone your friend and invite him (her) to join
you. He (she) willingly accepts your invitation. You are going to pick up your friend at his (her) place at 6.30.
2. You phone your friend to invite him (her) to dinner at your house one evening next week. You will not take "no"
for an answer!
3. You receive a phone call from A who wants to see you some time next week. You do not really like A very much,
so try to find excuses for not accepting the invitation.
Conversation 3
At the Box-office
Richard: Wait for me in the lobby, Pauline. We may not be able to get seats. I'll ask at the box-office window.
Richard: May I have two tickets for this evening's performance, please?
Box office Do you have reservations?
clerk:
Richard: No, are there any good seats left?
Box office Yes, I have a few. 1 can give you very good seats either
clerk:
in the orchestra or in the first balcony, third row.
Richard: Good, I like the seats in the balcony better than those on the main floor. Give me two, please, in the aisle, if
possible. Do you have programs here?
Box office No, you can get them from the usher at the main en-clerk:
trance.
Richard: We were lucky, Pauline. I've got excellent seats. I'll check my hat and coat and get the programs.
Pauline: You'd better hurry up. Look at the time. The curtain goes up at 8.30 sharp. We don't want to be iate.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: Where are Richard and Pauline at the moment? What are
they
going to do? Are there any good seats left? What seats does Richard prefer? What time does the performance begin?
//. Give a brief account of the conversation.
III. Find in the text appropriate English phrases for the following:
, . .
? . ?
? . 8.30.
.
IY. Act out the conversation.
V. Situation: You are at the box-office. You want two tickets in the stalls for tonight's performance. The clerk offers
you the circle.
Conversation 4
At the Theatre
Dick:
Hallo, Pauline. You are looking prettier than ever this
evening. Are you enjoying the play? Pauline: Very much. However, the play is not as good as the book.
But Helen Hais is one of our best actresses. She makes
any play a success. And the stage sets are beautiful.
By the way, Ed, what did you think of Eugene O'Neill's
last play? Remember it ran in the Natiorral Theatre this
past week. Ed:
It was his worst play. However, I don't like Eugene
O'Neill as you know He neither interests nor amuses me.
He's too serious. I like at least one laugh in the play. Pauline: Yes, I agree with you, Ed. Richard: So do I, But there's
the signal for act two. Why don't
we get together after the play.? We can get a bite to eat.
We'll look you up later.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions:
What does Pauline think of the performance? What is her opinion of Helen Hais? How does she find the sets? What
does Ed think of Eugene O'Neill's last play? Why doesn't he like him? What are the friends going to do after the
play?
//. Give a brief account of the conversation. III. Act out the conversation.
144
145
A Late Night
Last night my parents went to a play. They went with the Blakes who are the people we visited last Saturday.
Before the play Mum and Dad walked down Shaftesbury Avenue. Mum wanted to see the theatres and clubs. They
walked slowly and arrived five minutes late.
Mum loved the play. Mrs Blake liked the dances, but she didn't like the songs. Dad didn't like the play at all because
he can't stand musicals. Mr Blake didn't like it either. After the play they went to a night club. They enjoyed that
very much. They didn't get back to the hotel until very late. This morning they stayed in bed until eleven o'clock.
The Play
Mrs Hunt: Did you enjoy the play, Clare?
Mr Blake: That was Frederick Veal. He was in a film I saw last week. He's the actor who was the doctor in another
musical last year. I didn't like that play either.
Mrs Hunt: Why did you buy tickets for this play?
Mr Hunt: To please you.
Mrs Hunt: Oh ... thanks.
/. Listen to the text "A Late Night" and the conversations and answer the questions:
Where did the Hunts and the Blakes go last night? Why were they late for the performance? Did the women enjoy
the play? What did they think of the dancing? How did they find Shirley Chilver? What did Mr Hunt think of the
play? How did Mr Blake find the cast? Did they like the costumes and scenery?
//. Tell how the Hunts and the Blakes spent last night.
III. Act out the conversations.
IV. Situation: A few days ago you were at the theatre. At the moment you are sharing your impressions of the
performance with your friend.
Listening At the Theatre
Susan and Tom are at the theatre. They often come up to London from Bishopton on Saturday to do some shopping,
have a meal at a restaurant and then go to the theatre in the evening.
It is now ten past eight and they are waiting for the play to begin. The theatre is full and everyone is talking loudly
and laughing and smoking or ea'ting chocolates. Soon the red and gold curtain will go slowly up, the lights in the
theatre will go out and the play will begin. Then everyone will be quiet.
In front of the stage is a place for the orchestra. The seats next to the orchestra are the stalls. Above the stalls is the
circle, and above the circle are the upper circle and the gallery. The seats in the front stalls and in the circle are
expensive; the seats in the gallery are cheap. At the moment the orchestra is playing a gay piece of music; and near
Tom and Susan one girl is selling chocolates and cigarettes, and another is selling programmes. In England people
smoke in most cinemas and in some theatres.
Last week Tom and Susan saw a sad play; this evening they will see a happy play. Susan didn't like the sad play; she
likes to laugh and be happy.
147
Now it is a quarter past eight, the curtain is going up and the play is beginning. After the play Susan and Tom will go
home to Bishopton by train. The last train to Bishopton leaves London at ten past twelve.
Questions: Where are Tom and Susan at the moment? Why do they often come to London on Saturday? What is
going on at the theatre at the moment? What will happen in a few minutes? What is the house like? What kind of
play did Tom and Susan see last week? What sort of plays does Susan like3
Mark Twain at the Theatre
Mark Twain, the famous American writer was once invited to an opera by a friend. His friend was very rich. He and
his wife had a box in the Opera House. During the performance his friend's wife kept talking loudly and gaily about
the things that had nothing to do with the opera. The lady probably thought she was entertaining the guest. She made
it impossible for Mark Twain to follow the performance and to listen to the music. Mark Twain didn't know how to
make her keep quiet or at least speak in whisper. At the end of the opera the lady turned to Mark Twain saying: "My
dear Mark Twain, I want you to come with us next Friday night. I'm sure you'll like it. The opera will be "Carmen".
"Thank you very much", said Mark Twain. "That'll be fine. I've never heard you in "Carmen".
Questions: Where was Mark Twain invited? Why couldn't Mark Twain follow the performance? What did the lady
say to Mark Twain at the end of the performance? What did Mark Twain answer?
Reading A Visit to the Theatre
"Well," Adrian said when they were back at his flat, "What do you want to see this evening?"
"There is a play on at the Piccadily Theatre that I'm keen to see", Celia said. "What kind of play?", Adrian asked.
"It's a black comedy. It's set in a mental hospital. The patients rebel against the medical authorities and take over the
hospital. The rebels are reversed the patients change places with the doctors. It's a satire on modern society and
the nature of authority. The reviews have been very good. Jonothan Jarrot says in the "Globe" that it is a memorable
evening and a great theatrical experience. He's a very experienced theatre critic. The play has a good cast. Liliane
Petti148
grew is the female lead. She plays a hospital nurse who t ils in love with one of the patients and then is disillusioned
when he becomes head of the hospital. They say it's one of her greatest roles. There is a strong supporting cast, too.
The play has been a considerable box-office success it's been running for almost six months now."
"Well", Adrian said, "What time does the performance begin?" "Eight o'clock." "I'll telephone the box-office and see
if I can reserve seats. Shall I ask for stalls or circle?" "Stalls", Celia said. "Front stalls if possible. I like being near
the stage."
Adrian telephoned. All the front stalls had been taken but there were still a few places in the rear stalls. Since the
reservation was made by phone, the tickets had to be picked up half an hour before the play was due to begin.
They arrived at the theatre at about half past seven, collected their tickets and spent a few minutes chatting in the
theatre foyer. Then they made their way to the stalls entrance. An attendant sold them a programme and showed
them to their seats. They sat and watched the theatre filling up.
After the performance they went to a nearby pub.
"Well," Adrian said, "What did you think of it?"
"Terrible", Celia said. "I didn't like the element of cruelty in the play."
"Well, that's what life is like," Adrian said. "As I see it, the theatre has got to be realistic and deal with contemporary
issues. It's no use pretending that these things don't happen. Violence and cruelty are features of our lives. They
concern a!! of us."
"I don't agree," Celia said. "The vast majority of people live their lives without having such experiences. Except in
the theatre. There's too much emphasis on violence these days Besides, showing violence and cruelty on the stage
has a bad effect on public morality. Crimes of violence have increased lately. People see these things performed and
go out and imitate them." "There is no evidence that violence on the stage or on the screen influences people's
behaviour," Adrian said. "I'm sure it does. And in general I don't like this sort of plays. Let's go and see a musicai
next time," Celia said.
Self check
/. Put each verb into the most suitable tense:
It (rain) when I (wake) up last Saturday. It always (rain) when I am not working. We (plan) to go to the seaside, but
in the end we (decide) to go to the theatre instead. We (miss) the bus
149
and (arrive) late. We (arrange) to meet Joe outside the theatre and he (wait) for twenty minutes when we (get) there.
The play already (start) when we (go) in.
It's Monday again today, and I (work) as usual. I (sit) here in the office for the last two hours, but 1 (not, do) much
work yet. 1 (feel) too fed up to work. I already (have) my holiday this year I (go) to Scotland in July and, of course,
it (rain) every day. Tomorrow I (book) a holiday for next April in Spain.
//. Translate into English:
?
. . ?
.
?
.
. , ?
.
. , .
.
Fluency
/. Answer the questions:
Are you keen on theatre? Which do you prefer: cinema or theatre? Why? Which of the Minsk theatres do you like
best? Why? When did you last go to the theatre? Did you book a ticket in advance? What did you see? Who was in
the cast? How did you find the acting? Did you like the costumes and scenery? Was the house full? Did you have a
good seat? Was the performance a success? Do you enjoy opera? Which do you prefer: opera 01 ballet? What opera
(ballet) did you see last? Did you enjoy it' What did you like in particular: the music? the singing? the dancing? the
sets? What is on at the Byelorussian Drama Theatre now? Who is your favourite actor?
//. Speak on:
a) the Minsk theatres b) your favourite theatre, its cast and repertoire c) your last visit to the theatre.
day and go to the theatre. You choose a performance to see. Your friend offers to buy tickets. You agree to meet at
your place on the day of the performance.
2. The performance is over. You are leaving the theatre. You are full of impressions. Your tastes differ.
IV. Write about the performance you enjoyed.
UNIT II COMMUNICATION: APOLOGIES. OFFERS. PERMISSION.
a) How to apologize:
awfully
I'm
that
very
Conversation I
Sally: Oh, Peter, I've been standing here since half past seven!
Where on earth have you been? Peter: I'm terribly sorry I'm late, Sally, but I just couldn't help
it. I got here as soon as I could. Sally: Well, it's not soon enough, is it? It's too late to go in now,
the play has already started! Peter: I know ... and I'm sorry but .... Sally: I've been looking forward to seeing the
play all week!
Do you realize that? All week! Peter: Look, Sally, just give me a chance to explain, please 1 ! was
about to leave the house when my sister called round.
She was in tears. Her boy-friend John had been knocked
down and was critically ill. So I couldn't just rush off
without a word, could I? Sally: Oh, I see. Peter: I am sorry about the play really I am. 1 know how much
you wanted to see it.
151
Sally: Yes well, never mind. We can always see it some other
time.
Peter: Yes, of course we can. Sally: And Peter? Peter: Yes?
Sally: I am sorry for the way I snapped at you. Peter: Oh, that's all right. 1 understand. /. Listen to the conversation
and answer the questions:
Why is Sally angry with Peter? Why is Peter late for the play? //. Read the conversation. Find in the text
appropriate English phrases for the following:
? , . ,
. , ... , . ?
, . , . .
, . , .
, . ().
///. Role-play the conversation.
Practice
'
...
Never mind.
Don't worry about it.
3. ...
6. ...
It doesn't matter.
That's . .
IV. Work in pairs. A apologizes for something he/she has done or failed to do and accepts the apology:
A apologizes for
1. breaking B's watch
2. dropping ash on B's carpet
3. damaging B's roses
4. not having phoned last night
5. not sending the parcel after all
6. not helping with his/her suitcase
7. being late
8. not bringing the book he/ she lent you
9. knocking over B's vase
replies that it was an old one anyway he/she was going to shampoo it soon, anyway they were dying, anyway it
wasn't really very important he/she can do it this afternoon
he/she took a taxi
he/she is not in a hurry
he/she doesn't need it at the
moment
he/she never really liked it,
anyway
153
V. How will you apologize ...
Offers. Permission.
a) How to offer to do something:
Shall
Can
May
Let
I
help you?
me
help you.
Conversation 2
Boss:
Oh, Miss Brown, would you post this letter, please?
Miss Brown: Yes, certainly. And shall I take this parcel to the post-office, too?
Boss:
Yes, please. Oh, and Miss Brown...
Miss Brown: Yes?
Boss:
Could you work overtime on Friday?
Miss Brown: I'm terribly sorry but I've already made arrangements to go somewhere on Friday.
Boss:
Oh, I see.
Miss Brown: May I go now?
Boss:
What? Oh, yes ... yes, of course.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions:
What does the boss ask Miss Brown to do? What else does Miss Brown have to do at the post-office? Why can't
Miss Brown work overtime on Friday?
//. Listen to the conversation again. Recall the phrases expressing requests, offers and permission used in the
conversation.
III. Read the conversation. Paraphrase the conversational formulas expressing requests, offers and permission.
IV. Role-play the conversation.
Conversation 3
Joanna: Oh, Simon, could you help me move the table, please?
Simon: Yes, of course Where do you want it?
Joanna: Er, over there, by the wall, I think. It'll give us a bit more
room for dancing, won't it? Simon: Yes, good idea.
(They move the table) Joanna: Thanks. Now, what else? Simon: Shall I move the sofa, too? Joanna: No, there's no
need, thanks. It can stay where it is. Oh,
Practice
/. Learn the dialogues'
1. Could you wait for me, please? I'll be ready in no time.
Yes, certainly. Shall I wait downstairs?
Yes, please.
2. May I help you?
It would be very kind of you, thank you.
3. Shall I close the window?
Please, don't.
4. Shall I give you a cup of coffee?
No, thanks. I'm in a hurry.
5. May I use your typewriter?
I'm afraid not. I'm going to type some documents.
6. Will you lend me some money for a few days?
I'm sorry, I have no money about me. Shall I bring it tomorrow?
Oh, that's very kind of you.
7. Could I leave earlier tonight? I have to meet my mother
at the station.
Yes, all right.
8. Can I use your phone?
Yes, please.
9. Let me carry your suitcase.
Please, do.
10. Can I borrow your umbrella?
Of course, you can.
// Accept the offersI. Shall I give you a light? 2. Let me call a taxi for you. 3. Let me give you a word of advice. 4. Shall I help you with
your luggage? 5. Shall I send the parcel now? 6. Shall I unpack your suitcase? 7. Shall I have a look at the engine? 8.
Shall I lend you some money? 9. Can I help you? 10. Let me repair your iron. 11. Shall I give you a cup of tea? 12.
Shall I type the article for you?
///. Refuse the offers politely:
1. Shall I give you a lift? 2. Shall I wake you up in the morning?
157
3. Let me translate the text for you. 4. May I help you? 5. Shall I buy this dictionary for you? 6. Shall I switch on the
TV set? 7. Shall I book a ticket for you? 8. Shall I fix your typewriter?
IV Offer someone to:
buy some bread, call a doctor, send the letter, photo-copy the documents, translate the article, wash the windows, fix
the record player, lend some money, make coffee, post the parcel.
/she will either accept or refuse the offer.
V. Grant or refuse permission:
1. Can I use your car? 2. May I leave early today? 3. Ma> I ask you a question? 4. Can I study here? 5. Could I use
your vacuum cleaner? 6. May I invite Peter to the party? 7. Can I miss the next English class? 8. Can I borrow your
pen? 9. May I open the window? 10. Can I gonow? 11. May I just say a word? 12. Could I have a look at your
notes?
VI. Ask someone permission to:
use his/her typewriter, come and see him/her, take the day off, take him/her home, keep the book For another week,
smoke, come in, listen to the record, go out, switch on the TV set.
/she will either grant or refuse permission.
VII. Translate into English (sell check):
1. ? , . 2. ? , .
3. ? , . . 4. ?
, . 5. ? . ,
. 6. ? . 7. . ,
. 8. ? , . 9. ? , .
! .
VIII. Ask permission to do things. Someone will either grant or refuse you permission.
IX. Offer your friend to do something. /she will accept 01 refuse your offer.
UNIT 12
GRAMMAR: REPORTED SPEECH. IMMEDIATE AND REMOTE PAST REPORT.
Illustrative Situations
The tense of the verb in the original sentence normally changes when this statement is reported as a past event.
a) b) c)
Original statement
Reported statement
a) "The road is closed".
I told you the road was closed.
b) "They are repairing it."
I told you they were repairing it.
c) "The bridge has collapsed." I told you the bridge had collapsed.
d) "No one can cross it."
I told you no one could cross it.
While the tense-change shown above is normal, it need not be made if, for example, the speaker wishes to
emphasize that the situation described in the actual words spoken still exists and it can also be applied to the time of
reporting. Thus:
the road is closed, they are repairing it. the bridge has collapsed, no one can cross it. Bob:
I'm tired.
Jim:
What did you say?
Bob:
I said I'm tired.
In this situation the tense of the verb is not changed because the reported statement is given very soon after the
original statement. Olga:
Can I miss class tomorrow?
Teacher:
What did you say?
Olga:
I asked if I can (or could) miss class tomorrow.
The reported statement is near the time and place of the original statement.
Dick:
Present report: Immediate past report: Remote past report: Mary to Jane a month ago: Jane to Lucy a month later:
I'm ready to leave.
Dick says he's ready to leave.
Dick said he's ready to leave. Dick said he was ready to leave. My mother is seriously ill.
Last month I met Mary. She was hurrying to the hospital. She said her mother was seriously ill.
158
159
She was very upset. Yesterday Mary rang me up and said her mother is quite well now. (the event is past, the
situation has changed.) Mary to Jane today: My mother is seriously ill. Jane to Lucy on the same day:
Mary said her mother is seriously ill. She is down with pneumonia.
I'm very sorry.
(the situation hasn't changed, its relevancy at the present
moment is emphasized).
Jane to her teacher explaining why she was late for class: On my way I met I friend of mine. She looked very upset.
She said her mother was seriously ill. I had to stop to talk to her. (Jane merely states the fact of something previously
said without emphasizing its relevancy.)
Why didn't you wait for me?
You said you were not ready and I was in a hurry, (the event is past)
Let's call on Alec.
I don't think he is at home. Robert told me the other day he was in Moscow.
(there is a lapse of time, the situation might have changed)
Glad to see you, Alec. Peter said you were in Moscow.
I've just returned.
(the situation has changed)
Mr Smith told me today he knows five foreign languages.
Yes, and he speaks three of them fluently, (the situation still exists).
The tense of the original statement is usually not changed when the speaker reports a historical fact or general truth:
He said Florida is (or was) in the south-eastern United States. Tom said New York is (or was) bigger than London. I
said my name is (or was) Earnest.
Notice that in these situations it is also correct to change the verb into the past. But you must use a past tense when
there is a difference between what was said and what is really true. Study this example situation:
You meet Ann. She said: "Jim is ill."
Later that day you see Jim playing tennis and looking well. You say: "I'm surprised to see you playing tennis. Ann
said you were ill." (not "you are ill", because he isn't ill).
Here are some more example situations:
(John to Clara at a dance)
You are the prettiest girl I've ever met.
161
In room 25. (the event is future)
Note: Would is generally used even when the event referred to is not yet past)
Did you speak to Jack yesterday?
Yes, I did.
What did he say?
He said he would finish the scheme next week.
Dick promised that he would repair my taperecorder tomorrow.
Last month he promised he would repair my radio-set but he never did.
Do you know the amazing news? Peter rang me up today and said he has won a car in the lottery!
Isn't he lucky!
(relevancy, immediacy of interest; seldom used)
Steve told me he saw Lucy yesterday.
Mrs Smith said she moved here two years ago.
(the idea of priority is of no importance, the statements are
reported near the time and place of the original statements.)
ADVERBS AND DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS IN REPORTED SPEECH
some
days
(weeks, months,
hours) ago
yesterday
last week (month, Sunday, etc.)
Study these example situations: I passed my final (Peter to you today)
162
Demonstrative pronouns and adverbs of remoteness in time and space that (those) that day
that morning (week, month, summer) then there
the next (the following) day the next week (month, year) before
some days (weeks, months, hours) before
the day before, the previous day the previous week (month, Sunday, etc.) or the week (month, year, etc.) before
exam yesterday. (Peter to you last week)
Peter told me he passed his final exam yesterday.
I saw Peter last Friday and he told me he had passed his final exam the day before, (the previous day)
I shall phone you tomorrow.
(Mike to you today)
Mike promised he would phone
me tomorrow.
(Mike to you last Monday) Mike promised me (last Monday) he would phone me the next (the following) day but
he didn't.
I am going to England next month.
(Alec to you two days ago) Alec told me he's going to England next month.
(Alec to you three months ago) When I saw Alec he said he was going to England the next (the following) month.
My brother is coming tonight.
(Peter to you today)
(Peter to you some days ago)
Peter told me his brother is When I met Peter the other day coming tonight.
he said his
brother was coming
that night.
I lost my watch some days ago. (Peter to you today)
(Peter to you last month)
Peter told me today he lost his watch some days ago.
Peter told me (last month) he had lost his watch some days before.
I saw Jane last week.
(Mike to you yesterday)
Mike told me yesterday he saw
Jane last week.
(Mike to you last month) When I met Mike last month he told me he had seen Jane the previous week.
I'm very busy today.
(Peter to you today)
Peter said he's very busy today.
(Peter to you some days ago) I invited Peter to the cinema last Monday but he said he was very busy that day.
163
(Robert to Alec on Monday): I'm leaving tomorrow.
(Alec on the same day): Robert said he's leaving tomorrow.
(Alec on Tuesday): Robert said he is leaving today.
(Alec on Wednesday): Robert said he was leaving yesterday.
(Alec on Thursday): Robert told me on Monday he was leaving
the next day. (the following day)
(Mike's mother to you): He is at the Institute now.
I've just called on Mike. His When I called on Mike yestermother said he's at the Institute day evening his mother said he
now.
was at the Institute at that time.
(then)
(Your friend Victor to you on leaving Minsk for Kiev): I'll come
here again next summer.
(You to your mother): Victor
(Victor to his friend in Kiev):
promised that he would (will)
I spent this summer at my
come here again next summer. friend's in Minsk and I promised I'd come there again next summer.
Practice
/. Analyse the use of tenses in reported speech:
I. "I do not deny it. I simply said there is no winter sport in Montreux." (E. Hemingway) 2. "I told you what's been going
on for five years- and you didn't know." (F. S. Fitzgerald) 3. That morning the major in charge of the ward asked me if I
felt I could travel the next day. I said I could. (E. Hemingway) 4. "Did you tell him that I'm on the vestry?" (B. Shaw) 5. "I
told her all about it by the way." "I thought you would." (A. Christie) 6. "I stopped to ask if you were better. They told me
you were on duty, so I asked to see you." (E. Hemingway) 7. "The man was surprised. He said he'd never seen Charles in
the card-room." (S. Maugham) 8. "She simply said that she's going to church with me." (J. Osborne) 9. "Remember, I
wrote you, that he smashed up the car again?" (A. Miller) 10. "I told you I'd get her here and I have." (A. Christie) 11. She
warned him that he would have to go, waited for a second and then opened the door wide. (E. O'Brien) 12. "He told me if
he could not have dinner with you, he would come here." (G. Green) 13. She wondered if he'd told Miranda where he'd
been. (E. O'Brien) 14. Then he smiled and said she had the sort of voice he could listen to all the night. (E. O'Brien) 15.
"Did she not tell you I promised her to do so?" (B. Shaw) 16. "Did Denis tell you that Quixote has gone lame- poor boy's
had no riding these lovely fine days." (K. O'Brien) 17. He thought, like you, that whisky is a good tonic! (E. O'Neill) 18. I
said that I didn't want to
164
g abroad. I said I wanted to stay in England. (A. Christie) 19. "She didn't come back. Somebody said they saw her driving
away with an elderly man." (A. Christie) 20. "But talking of that fortune you've promised me. You did say it'll come while
I'm still young to enjoy it?" (M. Thomas) 21. "Hawkins told me yesterday he's taken thirty wasps' nests this summer." (A.
Christie) 22. Mrs Inglethorp replied that this was an excellent idea, but as she had
k several letters to write she would drop us there, and we could come __back with Cynthia in the pony-trap. (A. Christie)
23. "Did you tell
him his tea was ready?" (J. Osborne) 24. "It was lucky, she said, -that I'd come now." (A. Christie) 25. "Catherine asked
me to tell you she was sorry she-couldn't see you this evening." (E. Hemingway) 26. "You told Arthur's mother I'd broken
my leg." "It was only a joke." 27. "I told you, didn't I, that Mr Inglethorp has returned?" (A. Christie) 28. "I promised I'd
give her the money tomorrow." (S. Maugham) 29. "Did he tell you that he'd used my riding whip on me?" (J. Galsworthy)
30. "Then I hope he told you that my name is Edward, not Willy." (L. Hellman) 31. "Hey! I'm sorry! You hear me? ... 1
said I'm sorry. ... I told you I'm sorry." (T. Williams) 32. "We know what you said." "I said that I did so by request." (T.
Dreiser) 33. "We told Miss Mackay how much you liked art." (M. Spark) 34. "Denery told her he saw me in the travel
agency. I was sure he would." (L. Hellman) 35. She promised that she would come and see him sometimes and that she
would never forget him. (S. Maugham) 36. He said yesterday that he will not be buying a copy of the "Who's Who?" 37.
"He said to tell you he's a journalist, sir." (M. Thomas) 38. "She said we see more of you here on your summer vacation
than she sees all year round in New Orleans." (L. Hellman)
//. In this situation someone says something to you which is ' opposite of what they said before. You have to answer: I
thought you said... e.g. That restaurant is expensive.
I thought you said it wasn't expensive.
1. Ann is coming to the party. 2. Bill passed his exam. 3. I can afford a holiday this year. 3. Steve likes chess. 4. Gemma
wants to join us. 5. It often rains here. 6. Victor is keen on theatre. 7. Jane wants to take part in the expedition. 8. I know
her address, e.g. Sorry, but I cannot come with you.
But you said yesterday you could come with me.
Yes, I said I could but now I can't, e.g. They won't join us, you know.
But they said they would.
Yes, they said they would but they've changed their minds. 1. Sorry, I cannot do it for you. 2. Alice will not take part in
the
165
concert. 3. Sorry, but I can't join you. 4. Dick won't be present. 5. Sorry, but I can't lend you my bicycle. 6 Sorry,
but I can't go on this excursion. 7. Betty won't stay with us. 8. Dick won't go fishing with us tomorrow. 9. I'm sorry
but I can't help you. e.g. When 1 was in the Crimea!
But you told me you hadn't been in (to) the Crimea! 1. When I was in London... 2. When I studied French.... 4.
When Alec was in the Caucasus.... 5. When Jane phoned me.... 6. When Dick lived in Paris....
///. In this situation there is a difference between what was said and what is really true. e.g. Ann says "I'm tired". Ten
minutes later she says "Let's play
tennis". What do you say?
You said you were tired.
1. Your friend says "I'm hungry", so you go to a restaurant. When you get there he says "I don't want to eat." What
do you say? 2. Tom tells you "Ann has gone away". Later that day you meet her. What do you say? 3. Mike says "I
don't smoke." Later that day you see him smoking. 4. You arranged to meet Jack. He said "I won't be late." At last he
arrives 20 minutes late. What do you say? 5. Kate said "I can't come to the party tonight." That night you saw her at
the party. What do you say? 6. "The food is very good in that restaurant" were your friend's exact words, so you both
went there but neither of you liked the cooking. What do you say? 7. "I know the way" Robert said. You both got
lost. What do you say?
IV. In this situation there is a difference between what you thought and what is really true:
e
-g- I go to work by bus. (tube)
1 thought you went to work by tube. 1. I drink coffee, (tea) 2. He smokes cigars, (a pipe) 3. I leave home at 8. (9)
4. I start work at 9. (10) 5. I eat in the canteen, (in a restaurant) 6. 1 get up at 6. (7) 7. He writes detective stories,
(love stories) 8. The tram leaves at 4. (4.30) 9. I come from Scotland. (Wales) 10. I play tennis, (golf) 11. I collect
coins, (stamps) 12.1 agree with Peter. (Paul) 13.1 always have lunch with Andrew. (George) 14. I paint in watercolours, (oils) 15. He prefers Ann. (Mary) 16. I cook it in butter, (oil) 17. He sells taperecorders. (radios) 18. I teach
English. (French) 19. I live in Washington (New York)
V. Report the original statements in the following situations:
Situation: The girl asked Tom about the film. "Wonderful" he
said. He told her it was wonderful. 1. Robert asked his teacher about his mark in the test. "Very
166
bad" was the answer. 2. "You are a very good student" the teacher said. Robert was pleased. 3. The doctor looked at
Jane and said: "You have a very bad cold!" 4. The doctor looked at Tony and said: "You are too fat!" 5. Mrs Butler
put another cigarette in her mouth. It was her 30 th that day. "You smoke too much" her husband said. 6. The
mechanic looked at Bert's car and said: "The engine is worn out!" 7. Jane was already in the pool. "The water's very
warm" she shouted, so Tony jumped in. 8. The salesman wanted f 5000 for the car. "The price is too high" Sam said
and walked out of the shop. 9. The teenager wanted a drink but the barman looked at him and said: "You are too
young." 10. Jane asked the time. "It's five o'clock" was Mary's answer. 11. In the middle of the test Robert said: "I
have a terrible headache." The teacher's answer was: "All right. You can go out." 12. Mr Brown's watch was broken,
so he asked his friend the time. "3.30" was the answer. "I'm awfully sorry but I have to go now. I have an appointment." 13. "I have done my test" Bill said. "You may go out" said his teacher.
VI. Choose the right word:
1. A few days (before, ago) we celebrated my mother's fifty-fifth birthday. She was sorry her cousin wasn't present.
He had gone away on business (yesterday, the day before). 2. I gave my friend my dictionary (last week, the week
before) and he promised to return it (tomorrow, the next day). He kept his promise. 3. (Last month, the previous
month) I saw John. He looked sunburnt. He had returned from the south (last week, the previous week). 4. Dick
spent last Sunday in the country. He said he had worked hard (today, that day). 5. I saw Mary at 5 (yesterday, the day
before). She said she was very busy (now, then). 6. When I was at Victor's some days (ago, before) he showed me a
good dictionary. He said he had bought (this, that) dictionary in England. 7. I've just phoned Bill. I learned that he is
leaving (tonight, that night). 8. I met John at the library some days ago. He said he would come (here, there) again
(tomorrow, the following day).
VII. Report the following statements:
1. Mike to Peter (on Friday): My brother is coming tonight. Peter to Kate (on the same day): Peter to Kate (on
Saturday): Peter to Kate (a week later):
2. Mary to Dick (on Tuesday): I saw Harry yesterday. Dick to Jane (on the same day): Dick to Jane (on Wednesday):
Dick to Jane (a week later):
167
3. John to Lucy (on Monday): I'm taking my English exam tomorrow.
Lucy to Tom (on the same day): Lucy to Tom (on Tuesday): Lucy to Tom (on Wednesday): Lucy to Tom (on
Saturday):
4. Betsy to Kate (on Monday): I'm very busy today. Kate to Tom (on the same day):
Kate to Tom (a few days later):
5. Fred to Steve (on Saturday): I wrote to my mother this morning. Steve to Bill (on the same day):
Steve to Bill (on Sunday):
6. Mary (pointing to a table near a window): I left the book there Joan (standing by the window):
Joan (explaining the situation to another):
7. Helen to Mary (on Monday morning): I'm free now. Mary to Barbara (a few minutes later):
VIII. Use the following sentences in situations: e.g. She said she had returned from Italy the previous week.
Last month I met my friend Lucy. I hadn't seen her for a long time. She said she had returned from Italy the previous
week. 1. He said he is leaving tonight. 2. He said he had consulted a doctor the day before. 3. He said she is in
hospital now. 4. He said he would spend his holidays there again. 5. She told me she saw an interesting film
yesterday. 6. He said he would be leaving for Moscow that night. 7. She said she would go to the south this summer.
8. He told me he had bought a car the previous week. 9. He promised he would fix it the next day. 10. She said he
was in the library at that time. 11. She said she will be taking her exam tomorrow. 12. She said she would go away
on business next week. 13. She said she received a parcel last week. 14. He said he's going to visit Bill today.
IX. Yesterday you met a friend of yours, Charlie. He told you a lot of things. Here are some of the things he said to
you:
I'm thinking of going to live in Canada.
My father is in hospital.
Nick and Jane are getting married next month.
I haven't seen Bill for a while.
I've been playing tennis a lot lately.
Later that day you tell another friend what Charlie said. Use
reported speech.
X. Alan is coming to spend a few days with the Smiths. He pho
nes from the station. Betty Smith answers.
168
a) She reports Alan's remarks to her husband while the conversation is still going on.
A: I'm phoning from the station.
B: He says he's phoning from the station.
b) This time, Betty reports the conversation later. B: He said he was phoning from the station.
1. I've just arrived. 2. The train was late. 3. The station is packed with football fans from my home town. 4. I can
hardly hear you: they are making such a noise. 5. I'll try to get a taxi. 6. But this may take some time as all the
football fans want taxis too.
Fluency
1. Listen to the conversations and answer the questions:
1. Reporter:
Have you just made a new film, Miss Marsh? Miss Marsh: Yes, I have. Reporter:
Are you
going to make another? .
Miss Marsh: No, I'm not. I'm going to retire. I feel very tired. I don't want to make
another film for a long time. Kate:
Let's buy a newspaper, Millie. Listen to this: "Karen Marsh: Sensational News! by our reporter, Alan Jones. Miss Karen Marsh arrived at London airport today. She
was wearing a blue dress and a mink coat. She told me she had just made a new film. She said she was not going to
make another. She said she was going to retire. She told reporters she felt very tired and didn't want to make another
film for a long time." Millie:
Well, fancy that, Kate!
Questions: Has Miss Marsh just made a new film? What is Miss Marsh going to do? Why doesn't Miss Marsh want
to make another film? Who bought a newspaper? Where did Miss Marsh arrive? What was Miss Marsh wearing?
What did the reporter write about Miss Marsh?
169
2. Reporter:
Are you really going to retire, Miss Marsh? ' '* i Miss Marsh: I may. I can't make up my mind.
I shall have to ask my future husband. He won't let me make another film.
Reporter:
Your future husband, Miss Marsh? Miss Marsh: Yes. Let me introduce him to you. His name is
Carlos. We shall get married next week
Kate:
Look, Millie! Here's another report about Miss
Marsh.
Listen: "Karen Marsh: The Latest. At her London Hotel today Miss Marsh told reporters she might retire. She said
she couldn't make up her mind. She said she would have to ask her future husband. She said her future husband
would not let her make another film. Then she introduced us to Carlos and told us they would get married next
week."
Millie:
That's sensational news, isn't it, Kate?
Kate:
It certainly is. He'll be her sixth husband!
Questions: Is Miss Marsh really going to retire, or is she still not sure? She can't make up her mind, can she? What
is the name of her future husband? When will they get married? Did Miss Marsh introduce Carlos to the reporters?
How did the reporter describe the news?
Elton Kash, pop star "I'm not staying in England long.
I'm on my way to the United States.
I'm going to record another album.
I've written ten new songs. I like recording in Detroit. I made my last album there. I'll be in Detroit for six weeks."
Stanley Walsh, ex-footballer "I don't like reporters. They've written a lot of lies about me.
They destroyed my marriage. I've got a new career. I'm tired of football. I'll never play in England again. I
can't say anything more."
///. Listen to the texts and do some exercises on the texts:
Julia and Jim, her boyfriend, are outside a restaurant. Julia wants to know something before they go in.
"Are you sure it's a good restaurant?"
"Oh, yes!" Jim is saying. "I've been here before. It's very good. I know the owner and I always get good service."
170
Self check
/. Use the proper tense forms.
When I (ring up) my friend he (prepare) for his trip. He (say) that he (pack) everything but he (not, buy) a ticket yet.
I (promise) him that I (help) him. I (be free) and I (can) go to the booking-office. He (thank) me and (add) that he
(be grateful) to me. At 3 o'clock I (bring) his ticket and my friend (start) for the railway station.
Mrs Hudson (be) about 40 when she (begin) to feel pains in the heart. She (go) to the doctor and (tell) him that she
(not, feel) well for the last two months. The doctor (ask) her if she (have) a lot of work about the house. She (say)
she (have) a large family 2 sons and 3 daughters to look after. Her husband (die) two years before. Her younger
son, Mike, (fall) ill the previous week and she (be afraid) he (not, get well) soon. Her elder son, Earnest, (join) the
army some days before. The doctor (advise) Mrs Hudson not to work so hard. He said she must take care of herself
because her heart (be) really weak. She said it (not, be) easy but she (do) her best.
One day an old lady (happen) to be passing by a lunatic asylum. Seeing one of the lunatics she (stop) to talk to him.
After they (talk) for some time the old lady (observe) that she (not, think) he (be) mad at all. The man (assure) that
he certainly (not, be). He (say) that his relatives (send) him there just to get rid of him. The old lady (promise) that
she (look) into the matter and (go) down the road. Suddenly a big piece of wood (hit) her in the back of her neck.
She (turn) round and (see) the lunatic waving at her, so she (ask) what (be wrong). Nothing, he said, he merely
(want) to remind her.
John Robinson just (return) home from the Continent and (have) a rest at his home in the suburbs of London after a
long trip by air. A friend of his, whose name was James Dobson, (ring) him up saying that he (be) glad his friend
(arrive) home safely and that he would like to see John at his place on the following day. John said he (feel) a bit
tired after a long journey across Europe and (be, not) sure he (be able) to come.
UNIT 13 TOPIC: FINDING THE WAY
COMMUNICATION: GRATITUDE. ARRESTING SOMEONE'S ATTENTION.
TEXT. PUBLIC TRANSPORT
A taxi, sometimes called a cab, is the most comfortable way to travel. You simply hail a taxi in the street or go to a
taxi-rank where there are several taxis waiting, for example, at a station. At the end of your journey you can see how
much the fare is by looking at the meter. You add a tip to this, and that's all. Very simple. But expensive!
What about taking a bus? It has two floors, it's called a double-decker and you can get a good view from the top. If it
has only one floor, it's called a single-decker. Most buses have a two-person crew: the driver who drives, of course,
and the conductor (or the conductress if it's a woman) who takes your money. Keep your ticket because an inspector
might want to check it. You catch a bus by waiting at a bus-stop. You can see where a bus is going because the
destination is written on the front. But try to avoid the rush hour.
Quicker than the bus is the underground (called the tube in London, the subway in New York and the metro in Paris
and many other cities). You buy your ticket at the ticket-office. Go down to the platform on the escalator or in the
lift. The train comes. The sliding doors open. You get on. You look at the map of the underground system. Very
simple.
For longer distances take a train or a long distance bus, usually called a coach which is slower but cheaper. The train
is very fast. Put your luggage on the rack and sit and wait till you arrive.
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text "Public Transport" and answer the questions:
What is the most comfortable way to travel? How do you take a taxi? What are the buses in England like? Which is
the quickest means of transport? How do you travel by the underground? What is a coach?
//. Read the text and analyse its language peculiarities. Do some exercises in the next section to remember them.
173
Special Difficulties
/. Use "avoid + gerund":
It's on the main street. It's on Fifth Avenue. Which way? This way? That way?
It's right here.
It's near.
It's there.
It's not very far.
It's farther.
It's far from here.
Is it far? No, it's a five minutes' walk from here.
Is it far from here? It's an hour's ride away.
Is it near here? No, it's quite a long way from here.
How far is it? It's ten miles from here.
How far is it from here to there? It's twenty miles from here.
How far are we from New York?
177
Is it too far to walk?
No, it's only a couple of hundred yards.
Thanks very much.
It's a pleasure.
5. Does this bus go to the station?
No, you'll have to get off at the bank and take a 192.
Can you tell me where to get off?
It's the next stop but one.
6. Am I O.K. for St Mary's Church?
No, we only go as far as the park, but you can walk frorn there.
How much further is it?
It's quite a way yet, but I'll tell you in good time.
7. Is this the right bus for the Town Hall?
No, you should have caught a 12. Jump out at the bridge and get one there.
Could you tell me when we get there?
It's three stops after this one.
8. Excuse me.
Yes?
Could you tell me the way to the hospital, please?
Yes, go along this street and turn right at the traffic lights. The hospital is on the left.
Thank you.
That's O.K.
9. Excuse me.
Yes?
Could you tell me how to get to the bank, please?
Yes, of course. Go along this road as far as the traffic lights. Then turn left into the High Street and it's on the
right.
Is it far?
No, not very far.
Thank you very much.
You're welcome.
10. Excuse me, miss. Is this where the 33 bus stops?
Well, several buses stop here. The 33 stops here too. Where do you want to go?
I want to get to La Guardia Airport.
The 33 will take you there.
Thank you.
Not at all.
11. Excuse me... I want to get to Palladium Theatre. Do I get off
at the next stop?
Well, what's that stop? Oh no! You go farther. Two or three
178
stops more. Oh ... wait a moment. You may get off here and take another route bus. It'll be probably quicker. - - Yes,
it surely is more convenient.
/// Listen to the conversations, ask and answer questions, role-play the conversations.
Conversation 1
>
Brian:
Excuse me.
Woman:
Yes?
Brian:
Sorry to bother you, but could you tell me the way to
Castle Road, please?
Woman:
I'm afraid I've no idea. I'm a stranger here myself. Brian:
Oh, I see. Well, thank you anyway.
Woman:
Sorry, I couldn't help.
(He walks for a little while. He comes up to a taxi-driver.)
Brian:
Excuse me.
Taxi-driver: Yes? What is it?
Brian:
Could you tell me how to get to Castle Road, please?
Taxi-driver: Castle Road? Let me think now ... Yes ... Go along this
road as far as Tesco's that's a large supermarket.
Then turn left and Castle Road is the first turning
on the right. Brian:
I see. Straight on as far as the supermarket...
then left... then right. Taxi-driver: Yes, that's right. Brian:
It's not too far from here, is it?
Taxi-driver: Oh no, only a few minutes. Brian:
Oh, good. Well, thank you very much.
Taxi-driver: Not at all.
Questions: What is Brian looking for? Can the woman help him? Who helps him find the way to Castle Road?
Conversation 2
Student:
Excuse me, can you tell me the way to London
University, please? Londoner:
I'm afraid I can't. I'm sorry. Ask the policeman
over there. He will be able to tell you. Student:
Where is the policeman? I can't see him.
Londoner:
Over there, on the other side of the road.
Student:
Oh, yes, I'll go and ask him. Thank you very
much. Could you tell me how to get to London
University, please?
179
Policeman:
London University? Go to Oxford Circus and
then take a bus. You can't get a bus direct from here.
Student:
How do 1 get to Oxford Circus?
Policeman:
Go straight along this street till you get to the
traffic lights, turn right at the light, keep straight on a little way, then take the second turning on your left and that
brings you to Oxford Cir cus. You can't miss it.
Student:
And what bus must I take when I get therePoliceman:
The 73.
Student:
And what stop must I go to?
Policeman:
Goodge Street. Book to Goodge Street and ask
the bus conductor to lell you when you get there.
Student:
One more thing, how long will it take me to get
to the University?
Policeman:
About half an hour, I think.
Student:
I must hurry then. I mustn't be late.Many thanks.
(Later at Oxford Circus)
Student:
Does the 73 bus stop here?
Passer-by:
No, you're in the wrong queue.
Student:
Where does it stop, please?
Passer-by:
It stops just round the corner.
Student:
Thank you
Passer-by:
There's a 73 coming now. If you hurry you'll catch
it.
Student:
(to bus conductor): Does this bus go to Goodge
Street?
Bus Conductor: Goodge Street? Yes, that's right.
Student:
Would you tell me when I get there, please?
Bus Conductor: Yes, I'll tell you Jump on now. You're holding up
the queue. Questions: What is the student looking for? Who helps him
find London University? What directions does the policeman give
the student?
/I Now work in pairs taking turns to ask for and give directions from point X to the following:
1 the bank. 2. the post-office. 3. the police-station. 4. the chemist's 5. the cinema 6. the supermarket 7.the library 8
the railway station 9. the hotel 10. the hospital
V Act out the following situations:
1. You've got a new fiat and are going to have a house-warming party. You've invited some of your friends. At the
moment you are
180
telling your friend how to get to your place.
2. You arranged to meet your friend at his/her office. At the moment he/she is telling you how to get there.
3. It's dinner time. You are hungry. You stop a passer-by and ask him/her the way to the nearest restaurant.
Listening I Forgot to Put You Off
I love travelling in the country, but I don't like losing my way. I went on an excursion recently, but my trip took me
longer than I expected.
"I'm going to Woodford Green", I said to the conductor as I got on the bus, "but I don't know where it is".
"I'll tell you where to get off", answered the conductor.
I sat in the front of the bus to get a good view of the country side. After some time the bus stopped. Looking round, I
realized with a shock that I was the only passenger left on the bus.
"You'll have to get off here", said the conductor. "This is as far as we go."
"Is this Woodford Green?" I asked.
"Oh dear", said the conductor suddenly. "I forgot to put you off."
"It doesn't matter", I said. "I'll get off here."
"We are going back now", said the conductor.
Reading
Getting around a city on public transportation in the US is generally not as easy as it is in many other countries, but
it is possible. Only a few cities have subways, but most towns of 50 000 or more have some kind of city bus service.
There are several ways to pay for bus transportation in the city. In some cities, you drop your money into the fare
box. In others,
182
you have to buy tickets before you get on the bus. In some you can buy a special pass to be used for the day, week or
month. And in some you buy tokens, which look something like coins, and you use them to get on the bus and enter
the subway.
Subways in cities are known by different names. In Boston, the system is the MTA, sometimes called "the T".
Washington, D.C., has a new subway they call the Metro, and the San Francisco Bay Area's system is BART Bay
Area Rapid Transit. In New York, it's the subway, but people often say the name of the line, e.g. the 8th Avenue. And
in Chicago, the tracks are partly underground and partly elevated, and people call the system "the el."
If you can't get where you want to by bus or subway, you can always take a cab. In many cities it is almost
impossible to stop a cab on the street. It's easier to call a taxi company listed in the Yellow Pages and ask them to
send a cab to your door. The meter will show the amount you have to pay. The driver will usually expect a tip at
least 10 %. In New York, cabs are everywhere on the streets, and cabbies expect a tip of 15 %.
Self check
/. Translate into English:
1. , . 27?
. ?
.
27 .
.
2. , , , .
?
?
.
. . ?
- .
,
.
.
.
3. , ?
84 .
, . - , .
.
.
183
4.
5.
6.
, ?
, 31.
?
. , .
, ?
.
Fluency
/. Answer the questions:
A. What is the traffic in your city like? What kind of city transport do you like? What is the most convenient kind of city
trans port? At what time does the bus service begin in your city? Till what time do buses run? What do we call the hours
when the cit\ transport carries the greatest number of passengers? When art buses usually full? What do we call the money
passengers pa\ for their trip on buses? What is the fare on the Minsk buses? Art there conductors on buses in Minsk? Have
you ever travelled abroad? What countries have you visited? Is the public transport in those countries different from the
public transport in this country?
B. What street do you live in? Where do you work? Is youi office far from your house? How do you get to work?
What number bus do you take to get to work? Do you have to change on your way to work? Where do you change? How
long does it take you to get to work? How did you get here? How long did it take you? What's the easiest way to get to
these places from this building: the Town Hall; the nearest cinema; the market, etc. Have you ever been lost in a large
city? Where? When? Have you ever had to give directions to a stranger in this town/city? Do you always buy a map when
you go to a new city in this country or abroad' Why/Why not?
//. Speak on:
a) public transport in your city/town
b) how you get to work
c) your experience in finding the way in this country or abroad
///. Compare the public transport in your city/town and the public transport in the country you visited some time ago.
IV. In pairs, ask and give directions to places in this town/city from this building.
184
V. Act out the following situations:
1. An English speaker stops you in the street in your home town or city and asks you the way (in English) to the postoffice (the railway station, etc.). What do you say a) if you are not sure where it is or are in too much of a hurry to give
complicated directions to a stranger b) if you know where it is and can explain quite easily how to get there.
2. You are talking to an English visitor to this country. He/she asks you about places that he/she should visit. You make
suggestions where to go, what to see and how to get there.
Writing
1. You have invited an English-speaking friend to come and ' stay with you for a few days. You had arranged to meet
him/her
at the station, but now you find you will not be able to do so. Write a short letter explaining why you will not be there to
meet him/her and giving careful directions on how to get to your house or flat by public transport from the station. Include
a hand-drawn map and refer to it in the letter.
2. Write a conversation in dialogue form between a businessman and an old woman. The man is in a hurry to get to an
appointment, but can't find the street. He asks the old woman, who wants to be as helpful as she can.
U NIT 14
GRAMMAR: REPORTED STATEMENTS, QUESTIONS, COMMANDS AND EMOTIONS.
Illustrative Situations
Reporting verbs used to report statements:
say, tell (conveying information); promise (promise); explain (explanation); agree (agreement); disagree (disagreement);
refuse (refusal); remark (casual remark); add (additional remark); warn (warning); remind (reminder); answer, reply
(answer); assure (assurance); announce (announcement) and others.
Reporting verbs used to report questions:
ask, wonder, want to know, inquire
1. Mother to Peter: I'll buy you a bicycle if you do well at school. Peter's mother promised her son that she would buy him
a bicycle if he did well at school.
185
2. Roger to Dick: I'm fond of- skating. I often skate in winter. Roger told Dick he was fond of skating and he often
skated in winter.
3. Kate: The weather is fine. Tom: Yes, it is.
Kate remarked that the weather was fine and Tom agreed with her.
4. Jim to the teacher: I'm late because I missed my bus.
Jim explained to the teacher that he was late because he had missed his bus.
5. Mr Brown to his neighbour: I shan't watch the match. I'm not fond of football.
Mr Brown told his neighbour that he wouldn't watch the match because he was not fond of football.
6. Ann: The film is exciting. Victor: No, it isn't.
Ann said the film was exciting. Victor disagreed with her.
7. Mr Smith to his son: I shan't help you. You can easily do it yourself. Mr Smith refused to help his son saying he
could easily do it himself.
8. Donald to Steve: I'm sure you'll win the game. Donald assured Steve that he would win the game.
9. The dean to the students: The meeting will be held at 3 o'clock in room 110.
The dean announced that the meeting would be held at 3 o'clock in room 110.
10. Mary to Paul: I gave my dictionary to you. Do you remember? Mary reminded Paul that she had given her
dictionary to him.
11. Helen to Nick: I'll let you know about my arrival. I'll send you a telegram.
Helen told Nick she would let him know about her arrival and added that she would send him a telegram.
12. Mike to Mrs Green: You've been kind to me. I shall never forget it.
Mike told Mrs Green that she had been kind to him and that he would never forget it.
13. Alice to Jane: You'll be late if you don't hurry.
Alice warned Jane that she would be late if she didn't hurry.
14. The attendant to the tourists: The museum is open from 10 to 7. The attendant informed the tourists that the
museum was open from 10 to 7.
15. Jill to Barbara: Can you type? Barbara: Yes, I can.
Jill asked Barbara if she could type. Barbara answered that she could.
186
16. Mr Hawk to the clerk: Have you got any tickets for the 10 o'clock train?
Mr Hawk inquired whether they had got any tickets for the 10 o'clock train.
Practice
/. Report the following utterances. Use the reporting verbs best suited to the sense of the utterances.
1. Alec: Lucy is a pretty child. Helen: Yes, she is. 2. Mary to Mr Hanson: I've typed the documents already. 3. Jim to
Harry: I'll buy you a ticket for the match. 4. Alice to her sister: I won't stay with your son any longer. He's crying all
the time. 5. Victor to Dick: We must be at the Institute at 5. Don't you remember? 6. Jack: I think John will be late.
George: I don't think so. 7. Robert to Harry: I didn't come because I was very busy. 8. Peter to Mary: Victor is at
home now. He is watching TV. 9. Steve to Roger: I'll come by the 6 o'clock train. I'll be on time. 10. Bill to Dick: I
shan't invite Mike. I don't like him. 11. Donald to his mother: I'll send you a telegram as soon as I get to London. 12.
Peter to Jim: I'm sure you'll pass the exam. 13. Mary to Jack: If you don't leave immediately you'll miss the train. 14.
Lucy: I must work hard to write the test. 15. Henry to Roger: The train leaves at 10 a.m. You won't have to get up
early.
//. Make up short dialogues using the prompts:
e.g. A: You'll tell Tom, won't you? B: Well, if I see him I'll tell him. A: What did you say? B: I said if I saw him I'd
tell him. e.g. A: You'll tell Tom, won't you? I
B: Yes, I'll tell him as soon as he comes in I
A: What did you
say? |
B: I said I'd tell him as soon as he came in. You'll ..., won't you?
1. ask Peter 2. thank John 3. pay Ann 4. remind Mary 5. tell them 6. congratulate them 7. invite her 8. discuss it with
Jim 9. explain the situation to Mary 10, give Ann the money 1!. recommend that to Alec 12. offer Bill the money 13.
speak to Mary 14. hand Harry this letter
///. You have been away for a while and have just come back to your home town. You meet George, a friend of
yours. He asks you a lot of questions:
I. How are you? 2. How long have you been back? 3. What are
187
you doing now? 4. Where are you living? 5. Are you glad to be back?
6. Are you going away again? 7. Why did you come back? 8. Do you still smoke? 9. Can you come to dinner on Friday?
10. When are you leaving?
Now tell another friend what George asked you. Use reported speech.
IV. Alan is thinking of buying a car. He asks his colleague. Bill, a number of questions, which Bill later reports to another
car-owner.
A: Have you (got) a car?
B: He asked me if I had a car.
1. What kind of car have you (got)? 2. What does it cost you to run it? 3. How many kilometres does it do the litre? 4.
Does it belong to you and your wife? 5. Can your wife drive? 6. Is she a safe driver?
7. How many kilometres do you drive in a month? 8. Did you pass your test the first time? 9. Do you think driving tests
are any use? 10. Do you give lifts? 11. How long have you been driving? 12. Have you ever had an accident? 13. Was it
your own fault? 14. Do you do your own repairs? 15. Do you always wear a safety belt? 16. Do you take the car to work?
17. Are you thinking of getting a new car? 18. Do you let your wife take the car shopping?
V. Mrs Adams, who is rather inquisitive, wants to know about Mrs Brown's new tenant. Mrs Brown reports the questions
to her husband.
A: Who is he?
B: She asked me who he was.
A: What does he do for a living?
B: She asked me what he did for a living.
1. How long has he been here? 2. Where does he come from? 3. Does he teach in the Technical College? 4. How long has
he been working there? 5. Is he married? 6. Where is his wife? 7. Does he get many letters? 8. Where do his letters come
from? 9. Where does he do his shopping? 10. Does he do his own cooking? 11. Do you clean his flat? 12. Has he a car?
13. Does he ever speak to you? 14. What does he do in the evenings? 15. Does he go away at the weekends? 16. Does he
wear a wig? 17. Why has he shaved off his beard? 18. Is he thinking of buying a house here? 19. Do you like him? 20.
What do your tenants think of him?
VI. Report the following utterances:
e.g. Mike to Peter: I'm taking my exam in June. Will you also take your exam in June?
Mike told Peter he was taking his exam in June and asked whether Peter would also take his exam in June.
188
1. Robert to Lucy: Yalta is a wonderful place. Have you ever been there? 2. Mary to Kate: The day is lovely. Shall we go
for a walk? 3. Bob to Alec: I've bought a new suit. Would you like to see it? 4. Mrs Smith to her friend: You look pale.
Have you been ill? 5. Mrs Brown to Kate: Mary is at the Institute. Will you see her there? 6. Jack to his brother: Mike was
at home in the evening. Did you phone him? 7. Mary to Steve: You speak English fluently. Did you study it long? 8. Helen
to her sister: Mary has already returned. Have you seen her? 9. Mike to Peter: Lucy is worried. Have you sent her a letter?
10. Jack to Helen: I took an interesting book in our library. Do you want to read it? 11. George to Alec: I am fond of
tennis. Can you play tennis? 12. Bob to Lucy: The train is leaving in an hour. Must I take a taxi? 13. Nick to Victor: I'm
learning French. Can you speak French? 14. Betty to her mother: I have a headache. Can I have an aspirin? 15. Mike to
Helen: We are going for a walk. Will you join us? 16. Mr Brown to his son: The task is difficult. Can I help you? 17. John
to Mary: It's time to start. Have you packed everything? 18. Kitty to the doctor: I feel well. May I go out? e.g. The hotel is
full up. Why didn't you reserve a room in advance?
The clerk said the hotel was full up and asked why Mr Smith
hadn't reserved a room in advance.
1. Mr Brown to his wife: I've been waiting for you for half an hour. When will you be ready? 2. Bob to his mother: I'm
very hungry. When can I have dinner? 3. Peter to his sister: I must write some letters. What date is it? 4. Bob to his
brother: I want to speak to Mike. When will he come? 5. Alec to Steve: Jane is leaving for London. How long will she stay
there? 6. Lucy to Dick: You look tired. What have you been doing? 7. Mrs Smith to her husband: You look ill. When will
you consult the doctor? 8. Helen to Ann: Bill is going abroad. When is he leaving? e.g. How long have you been studying
Spanish? Your accent is
good.
Peter asked Mary how long she had been studying Spanish
and added that her accent was good.
1. Harry to Donald: Where are the Greens spending their holidays? They usually go to the seaside. 2. Mrs White to her
friend: What time does the concert start? I think it's time to go. 3. Jack to Lucy: What time is it? My watch has stopped. 4.
Mary to her sister: Why don't you want to phone Helen? She is always ready to help. 5. Mike to Nick: What suit will you
take? I'd like to have the grey one. 6. Mr Brown to his son: Where have you put my umbrella? I can't find it anywhere. 7.
The teacher to Alec: Why can't you answer at once? You are always so slow, e.g. Where do you live? Do you get to work
by bus?
189
Barbara asked Kate where she lived and whether she got to work by bus.
1 Jane to Mary: Where did you buy your coat? Did it cost much? 2. Mike to Helen: When are you leaving? Will
anybody see you off? 3. John to his brother: When did you see Peter? Did you speak to him' 4. Jack to his sister:
When will you be free? Will you be able to help me with my maths? 5. Helen to Jill: Where did you rest? Did you
enjoy your holidays? e.g. Are you tired, Bob? Yes, I am.
Alec asked Bob whether he was tired. Bob answered (said) (that) he was. Has Lucy got up yet? No, she
hasn't.
Mary asked her sister if Lucy had got up and her sistei said she hadn't.
1. Bill to Dick: Are you going away for the weekend? No 2. Bob to Jack: Must you leave at once? I'm afraid I
must. 3. Steve to his mother: May I go out? Yes, you may. 4. Jack to Frank Did you phone me on Sunday?
Yes, I did. 5. Peter's mother to Peter: Can you meet me at the station? Yes, I can. 6. Alec to Bob: Were you at the
football match on Sunday? Yes, I was
7. Jane to Mary: Do you have your meals at the canteen? No
8. Mr Brown to Mr Smith: Is there a hotel in the town? Yes, there is. 9. Donald to Roger: Have you written to
your parents? -Yes. 10. Mary to Helen: Have you found your key? No. 11. Jack to his brother: Is Dick still at the
dentist's? No. 12. Roger to his sister: Did you consult the doctor? No. 13. Mike to the doctor-Shall I recover
soon? I'm sure you will. 14. Jack to his mother: Must I stay in bed? Yes, you must. 15. Mrs Robinson to her
neighbour: May I use your telephone? Certainly. 16. Robert to Mary: Can you swim well? No. 17. Helen to
Bob: Will you visit me on Sunday? Yes. 18. Mike to John: Is the station far from the office? No. 19. Steve to
his sister: May I use your typewriter? No. 20. Helen to Lucy Do you have to get up early? Yes 21. Jack to
Bill: Can you play cricket? No. 22. Mr White to Mr Parker: Have you got a car? Yes, I have. 23. Peter to his
friend Were you in the country in summer? No. 24. George to Henry Have you been waiting long? Yes. 25.
John to Alec: Will you be having a lesson at 5? Yes 26. Harry to Gerry: Do you have to work hard at Russian'
Yes. 27. Mary to her mother: Did you enjoy the play' No. 28. Jack to his friend: Is Mr Hanson a good specialist?
Yes. 29. Paul to his brother: Did you leave Mary a message? No.
e.g. Mr Brown to his wife: Why are you so late? I've been shopping. I bought you a nice pair of shoes. Mr Brown
asked his wife why she was so late. She answered
190
(said, told him) that she had been shopping and added that
she had bought him a nice pair of shoes.
1. Peter to Jack: When are you taking your holiday? In
June. 2. Mike to Bob: Why didn't you phone me? I was very busy.
3. Lucy to her friend: Is John still at hospital? No, he has
already recovered. 4. Steve to Paul: Do you like tennis? No,
I prefer cricket. 5. Mike to his father: Can you give me some
money? What do you want it for? 6. Helen to her sister: I can't
find my key anywhere. Have you looked in the dining-room?
7. Mary to Kate: Where will you be at six? At the Institute.
8. John to Alec: What foreign language did you study at school? French. 9. Ann to her sister: Have you done
your homework, Mary? I haven't started yet. 10. Victor to his mother: You look tired, mother. What have you
been doing? I've been washing. 11. Kate to Lucy: Why did you stay away from classes? I caught a cold. 12.
Mrs Smith to her husband: Have you paid the bill
; yet? No, I'm just going to do it. 13. Mr Brown to the waiter:
i What will you recommend me for dessert? Orange juice. 14. Jack
; to Steve: Will you fly to London? No, I'll go by train. 15. Helen
to her mother: Is your watch fast? No, it keeps the right time.
VII. Ask questions about the information expressed in the statement:
e.g. Peter said Mary had left for Moscow. '.
Did you ask him why she had gone to Moscow? ;
... if she was
going to stay there long?
... when she would be back? etc.
'
1. Roger said he would go to Africa. 2. Alec said he was going to \ spend his holidays at the seaside. 3. George
said Helen had gone to
Italy.
Fluency
/. Listen to the texts. Ask and answer questions on the texts. Retell them.
1. Geoffrey Hampden has a large circle of friends and is very popular at parties. Everybody admires him for his fine
sense of humour-everybody except his six-year-old daughter, Jenny. Recently, one of Geoffrey's closest friends
asked him to make a speech at a wedding reception This is the sort of thing that Geoffrey loves. He prepared the
speech carefully and went to the wedding with Jenny. His speech was a great success. As soon as he had finished
Jenny told him she wanted to go home. Geoffrey was a little disappointed by this but he did as his daughter asked.
On the way home he asked Jenny if she had enjoyed his speech. To his
191
surprise she said she hadn't. Geoffrey asked her why this was so and she told him she didn't like to see so many
people laughing at him.
2. When I woke up 1 asked my wife what the weather was like. She looked out of the window and said it was
raining very heavily but she thought it was going to get brighter. Later, when we were having breakfast, I listened to
the weather forecast. The announcer said that the weather in the south would probably be very changeable. He added
that the Meteorological Office couldn't say when the weather would become more stable. My wife said that v/as fine
because she had decided to stay at home and do some cooking.
3. While John Gilbert was in hospital he asked the doctor to tell him whether his operation had been successful but
the doctor refused to do so. The following day the patient asked for a bedside telephone. When he was alone he
telephoned the hospital exchange and asked for Dr Millington. When the doctor answered the phone Mr Gilbert said
he was inquiring about a certain patient, a Mr John Gilbert. He asked if Mr Gilbert's operation had been successful
and the doctor told him it had been. He then asked when Mr Gilbert would be allowed to go home and the doctor
told him that he would have to stay in hospital for another two weeks. Then Dr Millington asked the caller if he was
a relative of the patient. "No," the patient answered, "I'm John Gilbert."
4. Dentists always ask questions when it is impossible for you to answer. My dentist had just pulled out my tooth
and had told me to rest for a while. I tried to say something but my mouth was full of cotton-wool. He knew I
collected birds' eggs and asked me whether my collection was growing. He then asked me how my brother was and
whether I liked my new job in London. In answer to these questions I either nodded or made strange noises. Meanwhile my tongue was searching out the hole where the tooth had been. I suddenly felt very worried but could not
say anything. When the dentist at last removed the cotton-wool from my mouth I was able to say that he had pulled
out the wrong tooth.
//. Listen to the conversations, read and role-play the conversations. Reproduce the original utterances reported in
these conversations.
Conversation I
/
Maggie: I hear you've got a new boyfriend. Where did you
meet him?
Daisy:
In the street.
Maggie: In the street! What were you doing? Daisy: You see he interviewed me. He wanted to know about how
I travelled to work. Maggie: What did he ask you? Daisy: Well, first he asked where I lived. Maggie: What else?
Daisy: Then he asked me how I travelled to work. Maggie: It sounds as if he was doing a traffic survey. Daisy:
He was. He then asked if I drove a car. Maggie: They want to know how many people use cars in the city,
perhaps.
Daisy: Possibly. I said that I didn't. Maggie: Well, what did he ask you next? Daisy: He asked if I used public
transport, of course. Maggie: Go on.
732733
193
Manchester yesterday. Mike: And what about Bob? Lucy: I don't know. I haven't invited him yet. They moved to a
new flat some days ago and I don't know his address. Mike: He has already told me his address, besides I'll see
him
at my brother's tonight. I'll ask him if you like. Lucy: Thanks very much, Mike.
3. Helen: Hullo, Jane. It's my birthday tomorrow. I'll be thirteen. Jane: Do you think you'll get a lot of birthday
presents? Helen: I'm sure I will. Mother's going to give me a box of paints
and paint-brushes. I like drawing and painting.
Jane: What's your father going to give you?
Helen: I don't know yet. Last year he gave me some books.
Jane: Oh, will you show me your books, please? I want something to read. I've read all my books.
Helen: All right. I'll show you mine I've got about fifty. 4 Alice: Kate, I've been looking for you the whole
morning. Do you want to go for a trip with me?
194
'
Kate: Where?
Alice: A camping trip in the mountains.
Kate: How long are you planning to stay?
Alice: Three-days or more if the weather is good. If the weather
is bad we'll stay less.
Kate: How can we get there by train? Alice: Only part of the way. Then we'll walk: it's not too far. Kate:
seems to be a wonderful idea. I'll speak to Mother.
If she agrees to let me go, I'll join you.
It
Self check
/. A few days ago Victor met his friend George in the department store. George was going to buy some things for his
holiday trip. Report their conversation in writing.
Victor: Where are you going to spend your holidays, George? George: We shall go to one of the seaside towns in the
Crimea. Victor: Have you booked the tickets? George: I'm going to do it tomorrow. Victor: How long do you
want to stay there? George: About a month. And where will you rest? Victor: I want to go on a camping trip in the
Alps. George: I am sure you will have a good rest. Victor: I hope 1 will.
//. Report the conversation that took place some days ago:
Hostess: Would you like a cup of tea?
Guest: With pleasure. Thank you.
Hostess: How will you take it? Do you prefer your tea strong or
weak?
Guest:
I like my tea very strong and very hot. Hostess: How many lumps of sugar do you take in your tea? Guest:
Four or five lumps of sugar, madam, for I like my tea very
sweet.
Hostess: Do you like milk in your tea? Guest: Milk? Well, yes! When I can't get cream.
REPORTED COMMANDS, REQUESTS AND SUGGESTIONS.
GREETINGS, LEAVETAKINGS, WISHES, THANKS,
INTRODUCTIONS, APOLOGIES AND EMOTIONS
IN REPORTED SPEECH.
Illustrative Situations
Reporting verbs used to report:
order order; request ask, beg; instruction tell, advi195
advise; reminder remind; warning warn; invitation invite; suggestion suggest; offer offer;
permission allow; prohibition forbid; persuasion persuade; recommendation recommend
1. The doctor to the patient: Take the medicine twice a day: morning and evening, (instruction)
The doctor told the patient to take the medicine twice a day.
2. Mary to the waiter: Will you please bring me my bill? (request)
Mary asked the waiter to bring her the bill.
3. Tom to Kate: Please, don't be late, (request) Tom asked Kate not to be late.
4. Mr Walker to his children: Off to bed with you and no more television for tonight, (order)
Mr Walker ordered his children to go to bed.
5. Mr Fox to his son: You may use my car. (permission) Mr Fox allowed his son to use his car.
6. The policeman to the children: Don't play football in the street, (prohibition)
The policeman forbade the children to play football in the street.
7. Mrs Parker to her son: Don't go out. It's too cold, (prohibition)
Mrs Parker didn't allow her son to go out because it was cold.
8. Mrs Smith to her friend: You should consult Dr Brown. I'm sure he will help, (advice)
Mrs Smith advised her friend to consult Dr Brown.
9. Lucy to Helen: Don't forget to bring the book, (reminder) Lucy reminded Helen to bring the book.
10. Jane: Oh, stay a little longer. Mary: All right (persuasion) Jane persuaded Mary to stay a little longer.
11. The teacher to the boys: Don't make a fire in the wood, (warning)
The teacher warned the boys not to make a fire in the wood.
12. Mr Smith: I can drive you home in my car, Ben (offer) Ben: Thank you. That's very kind of you.
Mr Smith offered to drive Ben home in his car and Ben willingly accepted the offer.
13. Mr Parker: Shall I drive you to the country on Sunday, Mary? Mary: No, thank you. I'm going by train with
some friends of mine.
Mr Parker offered to drive Mary to the country on Sunday but she declined the offer, (or she refused)
14. Robert: What about going to a dance with me, will you? (invitation)
196
Susan: I'd love to.
Robert invited Susan to a dance and she willingly accepted the
invitation.
15. Jack: Come to a play with rne tonight, will you? Helen: Oh, I can't, I'm too busy.
Jack invited Helen to a play but she declined the invitation, (or didn't accept the invitation)
16. Bob: Let's play a game of chess, (suggestion) Steve: That's a good idea.
Bob suggested playing a game of chess. Steve agreed.
17. Peter: Shall we go to the cinema tonight? Dick: I'm afraid I can't.
Peter suggested going to the cinema but Dick refused.
Reporting verbs used to report:
greetings greet; leavetakings part, say good-bye; thanks thank; wish wish; apologies apologize;
introduction introduce
Hello, Ann.
Hello, Steve.
Ann and Steve greeted each other.
Mike to Helen: Good-bye, Helen.
Mike said good-bye to Helen.
George: Good-bye, Roger.
Roger: So long, George.
George and Roger parted.
Tom: Good night, Mary. Tom wished Mary good night.
Alec to Peter: A happy journey to you. Alec wished Peter
a happy journey.
Mary: Come to the cinema with me.
Kate: Thank you.
Mary invited Kate to the cinema. Kate thanked her.
Helen to Dick: Excuse my ringing up at such a late hour.
Helen apologized to Dick for ringing him up at such a late
hour.
Harry: Mary, this is Steve Baxter, an old friend of mine.
Harry introduced his friend Steve Baxter to his wife.
Reporting verbs used to report emotional utterances:
exclaim, cry, shout, regret, console, sympathize, cheer up, praise
a) adverbs
to say joyfully, angrily, proudly, cheerfully, sadly, etc.
b) adverbial phrases
to say with disappointment (joy, surprise, anger, regret, dismay, annoyance, indignation, etc.)
197
c) adjectives + nouns
to say in a cheerful (joyful, angry, sad, proud, rude, etc.) voice (tone)
d) be + adjective (participle 11)
He was surprised (angry, disappointed).
e) give an exclamation of surprise (disappointment, annoyance, regret)
Mr Hanson: Will you call Mr Jackson, please?
Secretary: But he has already left.
Mr Hanson: Has he? It's only 5.
Mr Hanson asked his secretary to call Mr Jackson. His secretary said he had already left. Mr Hanson was surprised.
He said it was only 5.
Mr Brown: The Baxters won't be coming to the party.
Mrs Brown: What a pity!
Mr Brown told his wife that the Baxters wouldn't be coming to the party. On hearing that his wife gave an
exclamation of disappointment.
Mrs Green: I'm so happy! My son has become a student.
Mrs Green said joyfully that her son had become a student
Victor to his brother: Stop making that noise, Mike. You are getting on my nerves.
Practice
/. A supervisor is giving instructions to a group of exam students. One of these, Bill, reports the instructions after the
exam
a) A: Sit at the numbered desks.
B: He told us to sit at the numbered desks.
b) A: Don't smoke:
B: He told/warned us not to smoke.
198
1. Hang up your coats. 2. Don't write in the margin. 3. Put your name on each sheet. 4 Read the questions carefully.
5. Start each question on a fresh sheet. 6. Answer the questions in order. 7. Don't spend too much time on the first
question. 8. Don't talk to your neighbour. 9. Don't try to copy your neighbour's answers. 10. Keep to the point. 11.
Watch the time. 12. Be careful about your spelling. 13. Write clearly. 14. Count the number of words in your essays.
15. Look over your work before you hand it in.
16. Number your sheets. 17. Tie the sheets together. 18. Go out quietly when you've finished. 19. Don't take any
paper out of the room. 20. Come back at two o'clock.
//. Mr Jones calls Ann into his office and gives her some instructions. She then returns to the main office and tells a
colleague what she has been asked to do.
A: Would you please file these letters?
B: He asked/told me to file these letters.
Would you please...
1. copy this contract? 2. correct this spelling mistake? 3. add something to this letter? 4. pin up these notices in the
canteen?
5. look up our MP's address? 6. order some more paperclips? 7. contact our American branch? 8. send this report to
our head office? 9. check these figures? 10. bring your taperecorder to the meeting? 11. type out a full report? 12.
put these documents in the safe? 13. lock the safe? 14. leave the key on my desk? 15. take these books back to the
library? 16. buy some flowers for my wife?
17. tell my wife I won't be home tonight? 18. remind the cleaners to empty my ashtray? 19. advertise for a new
office boy? 20. book two plane tickets for New York?
///. Bill is at his office, where he has just heard that he has won 200000. Ann, his secretary, and Tom, a colleague,
are giving him advice, which he later reports to a friend he meets on the train home.
A (=Ann): Why don't you give up your job?
B:
Ann advised me to give up my job.
A (=Tom): Don't do anything in a hurry.
B:
Tom warned me not to do anything in a hurry.
1. You should send out for a bottle of champagne. (Ann) 2. You'd better wait till lunchtime. (Tom) 3. Why don't you
spend 5.000 on a terrific holiday? (Ann) 4. Invite all your friends to a party. (Ann) 5. Don't begin entertaining too
lavishly. (Tom)
6. You'd better give some of it to a charity. (Ann) 7. Don't offer to help everyone. (Tom) 8 You should get a new
car. (Ann) 9. Why don't you visit your sister in Australia? (Tom) 10. You should buy presents for your wife and
the children. (Ann)
199
IV. A students' club are planning a holiday abroad. The committee is now discussing where to go and what to
do. Three members make suggestions. The secretary reports the suggestions afterwards to someone who wasn't at
the meeting:
A (=Bill): Shall we start on Friday?
B:
Bill suggested starting on Friday.
1. Shall we hitch-hike? (Paul) 2. There are too many of us. Let's go on motor cycles. (Bill) 3. That's too
uncomfortable. Why don't we hire cars? (Ann) 4. It would cost too much. What about borrowing the college bus?
(Bill) 5. Shall we sleep in Youth Hostels? (Bill) 6. Let's camp out. (Paul) 7. Why not rent a caravan? (Ann) 8. Shall
we pick fruit and make some money? (Paul) 9. Fruit picking is hard work. Let's spend the day on the beach. (Bill)
10. (And) let's visit museums and art galleries. (Ann) 11. Shall we eat in restaurants? (Paul) 12. Why don't we cook
over an open fire? (Bill) 13. Let's pack plenty of tinned food and Coca Cola. (Ann) 14. Shall we find out about pop
festivals? (Bill) 15. Let's look out for classical concerts. (Ann) 16. Why don't we bring guitars and make our own
music? (Paul)
V. Mr Jones, a widower, has to go away for a fortnight, leaving his house and two children in the care of his
neighbour, Ann. He gives Ann various instructions, which she reports to her husband.
A: If one of the children gets ill, ring the doctor.
B: He said if one of the children got ill I was to call a doctor.
1. If one of the children loses his appetite, take his temperature. 2. If the temperature is very high, ring the doctor. 3.
If one of them cuts himself, wash the cut and put on a plaster. 4. When they have finished their homework, let them
watch TV. 5. When they are in bed, read them a story. 6. If it gets colder, make them wear coats. 7. If they miss the
school bus, send them by taxi. 8. When you go out, doublelock the door. 9. If you haven't time to cook, open tins 10.
If it gets colder, turn on the central heating. 11. If the central heating doesn't work properly, phone the company. 12.
If any letters come for me, please forward them. 13. If the gardener turns up, ask him to cut the grass. 14. When the
milkman brings his bill please pay it.
VI. Match the reported speech with the actual word spoken:
Reported speech
1. She advised him to get a summer job.
2. She warned him not to drive too fast.
3. He reminded her not to drive too fast.
Words spoken
a) "Mary, meet my friend, Gil."
b) "Would you like me to help you?"
c) "I'm sorry I'm late."
200
3. Alice:
Alec:
Yes, of course.
19. Ann:
Would you please translate this text for me? Mary:
I'm afraid I can't. I have to rush off
to work
now.
20. Mrs Fox:
Don't go out. I want you to help me. Dick:
All right.
21. Good morning, Mrs Ford.
Good morning, Mr Davis.
22. Hello, John.
Hello, Robert.
23. Mary:
It's time to get aboard. The train's .leaving
in ten minutes. Good-bye. Alice:
Good-bye.
24. Robert:
You've done me a great favour. Thank you for
the trouble you've taken. Mr Green:
No trouble at all.
25. Mr Brown:
I'll do everything you asked me. Mrs Lee:
Thank you in advance.
26. Nelly:
I'm sorry I'm late. Jack:
Never mind.
27. Mrs Jackson: May I introduce Mr Smith to you, Nelly? Mr Smith:
How do you do! Glad to meet you. Nelly:
How do you do!
28. Jane:
I hear you've been promoted. My congratulations! Andrew:
Thank you.
29. John:
Merry Christmas! Sally:
Merry Christmas!
30. Mr Ford:
Have you heard the amazing news? Tom won a
swimming race! Mrs Ford:
I was sure he would win.
31. Becky:
I would like a dark supper today. Mother:
A dark supper? What do you mean by it?
Becky:
Well, you said that the supper you gave me
yesterday was light and I didn't like it.
32. Ann:
It seems to me we've lost our way. Lucy:
What a nuisance!
33. Husband
(on coming home): What! No supper ready? That's the limit! I'm
going to a restaurant. Wife:
Wait just five minutes.
Husband:
Will it be ready then? Wife:
No, but then I'll go with you.
34. Steve:
Nick has failed his exam in maths. Bill:
Really!? He said he was good at maths.
203
35. Henry:
Isn't it great! I've been offered a job at a research Institute! Mr Davis:
Glad to hear it.
36. Mike:
All the tickets are sold out. Jane:
What a pity!
37. Nina:
I'm taking my exam in two days. I'm awfully
nervous about it. Alec:
Oh, pull yourself together. Everything will be
all right.
38 Helen:
Alice didn't keep her appointment again.
Dick:
That's the limit!
39. Jane:
I'm so sorry. I can't go to the seaside this
summer.
40. Dick:
Just fancy! I have won a car in the lottery. Bill:
You don't say so! What luck!
41. Mr Ford:
Mary has brought a basket of apple*.
Mrs Ford:
A basket of apples? But I askeu her to bring pears.
42. Johnny:
Do you know, Mum! I've got a ticket for the
football match.
43. Mrs Davis:
I'm so worried about Dick. The operation is to
take place tomorrow. Mrs Ford:
Cheer up! Everything will be all right.
44. Mother:
Mary, where is Jenny?
Mary:
She is in the house. She is playing a duet on
the piano.
Mother:
A duet? How can she play a duet alone?
Mary:
I played it with her but I finished my part first.
45. Mother:
What are you reading, Maggie? Little Maggie: I don't know.
Mother:
You don't know? But you were reading aloud,
so you must know. Little Maggie: I was reading aloud but I wasn't listening.
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversation, read and learn it:
Mr Power: Yes, Miss Wright? What is it?
Miss Wright: Mr Hudson wants to speak to you, sir.
Mr Power. I'm very busy at the moment. Ask him to ring
later.
Miss Wright: Yes, sir. Mr Power:
Oh, and Miss Wright? Tell Chris to photocopy the
Director's report.
204
Miss Wright: Yes, sir. Anything else, sir?
Mr Power: Yes. Tell Miss Davis not to ring her boyfriend on
the office phone. Miss Wright: Yes, sir.
Hello? This is Mr Power's secretary... Mr Hudson: Yes... Hudson here. Miss Wright: I'm afraid M~ Power's busy
at the moment. Can
you ring later?
Mr Hudson: All right... what about this afternoon? Miss Wright: Yes, that'll be all right.
Miss Wright: Oh, Chris?
Chris:
Yes, Miss Wright?
Miss Wright: Mr Power wants you to photocopy this report.
Chris:
Oh, yes ... I'll do it later.
Miss Wright: No, Chris... do it now... I know it's important...
Miss Wright: Miss Davis! Did you ring your boyfriend on the
office phone yesterday?
Miss Davis: Well, yes... I did... but it was urgent. Miss Wright: Hmm ... I think Mr Power heard you. He wasn't
very
pleased about it. Don't use the office phone for
personal calls. Miss Davis: No ... no, Miss Wright ... I won't do it again... I'm
sorry.
Mr Power:
Miss Wright? Did you speak to Mr Hudson?
Miss Wright: Yes, I did. I asked him to ring later. He says he'll
ring you this afternoon.
Mr Power: That's fine. Has Chris photocopied that report yet? Miss Wright: Not yet... but I told him to do
it immediately.
I think he's doing it now. Mr Power:
Good. Did you tell Miss Davis not to ring her
boyfriend from here? Miss Wright: Oh, yes... I told her not to use the office phone for
personal calls... she says she won't do it again. I'm
sure she won't.
Mr Power:
I hope she won't ... her boyfriend lives in Australia! //. Listen to the conversations and report them:
205
1. Man: Hello, little boy. What are you doing? Boy: I've lost a com and I'm looking for it.
Man: How much have you lost, and where did you drop it? Boy: I've lost a tenpence and I dropped it on the road.
Man: Don't cry. I'll give you another tenpence. Buy yourself some chocolate. Good-bye.
(Some minutes later)
Man: What's the matter? Have you lost the coin I gave
you already? Boy: I haven't lost that one, but I want to find the first one.
Self check
/. Report the phrases in brackets:
1. The platform was empty, so Fred asked a porter ... and the porter answered ... ("Has the train for London left?" "It
left ten minutes ago.") 2. John told Mary ... but she laughed and told him... ("You are the most beautiful girl in the
world". "Don't talk such nonsense".) 3. My watch stopped today, so I took it to a watchmaker and asked him.... He
examined it, shook his head and told me:... ("What's wrong with it?" "Throw it away and buy a new one.") 4. Mary
is a strange girl. The other day, when I asked her..., she said that... . But I saw her there myself the very next night.
"Would you like to come to the cinema with me?" "I've already seen this film.") 5. The manager asked me... and I
answered him... He then asked me..., so I told him .... ("Do you like your work?" "Yes, I do." "Why do you want to
leave it then?" "I'm moving to Glasgow." 6. I was walking down the road the other day when a man stopped me and
asked the way to the nearest post office. I told him... ("Take the first turning to the left and go as far as the post
office".) The man asked me ... ("How far is it?") and I told him... ("It's about half a mile at the most.") He thanked
me and walked off.
206
207
There are plenty of good hotels in London and you're nearly always sure of finding a room in one of them. Still if you
don't want to be disappointed, especially during the holiday season, it's better to reserve a room beforehand. You'll find
London hotels just the same as in all large cities. You enter a large entrance hall or lounge and go to the reception desk.
The reception clerk will tell you which is your room, what floor it is on and will give you the key. You will sign the
register and give your luggage to the porter who will take it up in the lift to your room. If you need some help you can call
the chambermaid by the room telephone. There is usually a laundry and a dry cleaning service at the hotel. You can have
your clothes cleaned, washed, ironed and delivered within 24 hours.
The people in the office will always help you if you don't know your way about the town. They'll tell you where to go and
what to see. They'll book seats for you at the theatre and do all they can to make your stay a pleasant one.
If you want a guide to show you round, or an interpreter for a business interview, they'll get you one. If you have to write
business letters and can type, they'll provide you with a typewriter. If, on the other hand, you prefer to dictate your letter,
they will get you a short-hand typist. If your wife is going to be with you she'll find plenty to amuse her. She'll be able to
spend her time looking at the shops while you're busy.
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text and answer the questions:
What is registration at a hotel like? What services can you get at London hotels?
//. Read the text, analyse its language peculiarities. Do some exercises in the next section to remember them.
Special Difficulties
/. Make up sentences with the word combination "to be sure of doing smth.":
e.g. She/get a visa
208
209
Text Exercises
I.Ask and answer questions on the text.
2. Speak on the London hotels.
Conversation Practice
/. Listen to the dialogues, read and learn them:
Have You Got Any Vacancies for Tonight?
1. I wonder whether you have any vacancies for tonight. Yes, I can offer you room 24 on the first floor.
210
Mr Hudson: I'm afraid that is a little too high. Receptionist: Wf have another room on the twelfth floor. It is
a little smaller, but it is cosy and costs only 7 pounds
a day.
212
V. Situation: You are in the lobby of a big hotel speaking to the receptionist. A few days ago you phoned and asked
to reserve a single room for you.
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: I'm Unhappy About My Room
Receptionist: Yes, sir! Can I help you?
Antonio:
I have a room reservation, er...
Receptionist: What name is it?
Antonio:
Antonio Machado.
Receptionist: I see, a double room was it?
Antonio:
No, a single room with bath.
Receptionist: Uh Huh! Could you just wait a minute? I'll look
at the reservations book. Ah yes! Here we are!
How long will you be staying? Antonio:
I'll be staying for two weeks, er, from today until
the tenth of October. ' Receptionist: Right, sir, if you'll just write your home address and
sign here.
Antonio:
Is that all right?
Receptionist: Fine, sir! Here's your key room 413 I'll call the
hall porter to take your luggage up. I hope you'll
enjoy your stay.
Antonio:
Thank you. The room costs 12 pounds, doesn't it3 Receptionist: That's right, sir, excluding service
charges and tax.
(A few minutes later)
Receptionist: Reception.
Antonio:
Can I speak to the head receptionist, please?
Receptionist: Speaking.
Antonio:
Ah! This is Antonio Machado, room 413.
Receptionist: Yes, sir. What can I do for you?
Antonio:
Look, I'm sorry but I'm very unhappy about my roori.
Receptionist: Really, sir? What's the problem?
Antonio:
When I booked the room I asked for a single room
with bath. Receptionist: Yes, sir?
215
Antonio:
Well, it's a single room but it's got no bath, just
a shower.
Receptionist: That's strange, sir! Antonio:
Yes, it is! What's more, it's very small and I asked
for a quiet room. This room is very noisy, indeed' Receptionist: Noisy, sir? Antonio:
Yes, very noisy. I asked for a
room facing the park,
not facing the street, and there isn't a TV in the room.
I asked for a room with a TV... Receptionist: Just a minute, sir. I think I've got it. Could you
tell me the number of your room, again? Antonio:
My room number?
Receptionist: Yes, sir. Antonio:
Er 413 why? Receptionist: 413 ah! That's it. You should be in four-oh-three'
Sorry, sir, it's our mistake. Antonio:
What! I'm in the wrong room? I see. Oh! That's
all right then. I'm sorry. Receptionist: No, I'm sorry... It's our fault, I mean, my fault
I really do apologize. I'll send the head porter up
right away.
Questions: Has Antonio got a reservation? What room did he ask for? What room did he get? Why?
/. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: Do You Have a Credit Card?
Clerk: Hi! Can I help you?
Martin: Yes, we had a reservation for this weekend.
Clerk: All right, what was the name, sir?
Martin: Baum, Martin Baum.
Clerk: Baum... Baum... Oh, yes, here it is. A double for two
nights? Martin: Yes, that's right. But we were wondering... would you
happen to have a suite available this weekend, something
with a living area and a kitchenette?
216
Clerk: Well, the only one that's available this weekend is $ 140
a night.
Martin: I see. That's pretty high... Clerk: You know, sir, this double is more than twenty feet square,
and it has a refrigerator. Martin: Oh, really? That sounds fine, then. What do you say,
Sally?
Sally: Sounds good to me, too.
Clerk: Good, the double then. Do you have a credit card, sir? Martin: No, I'll be paying cash. Clerk: Then I'll have to
ask you to pay in advance. Fifty-five
a night, plus $ 8 tax comes to $ 126. And would you
fill out this registration form, please? Here's a pen.
Just your name, address and the make and license number
of your car.
Martin: OK... here you are. And travellers checks for $ 130. Clerk: Fine, Mr Baum. Here's $ 4 change. Check-out time
is
12.00 noon. The bellman will take you up... Harvey! Room
615... If you need anything, just let me know. Martin: Thank you. Good night.
Beds -that's right, beds -also go by many different names. Starting with the smallest, there are single, twin, double,
queen and king size ones. "Long boys" are for exceptionally tall people At some hotels, queen beds are the smallest
size used, so a double room has two of them Some hotels even offer their guests waterbeds. A roll-away can be
moved into a room to sleep an extra person. Hide-a-beds are sofas that fold out to make beds.
People who prefer camping to staying in hotels will have a hard time in American cities, because most of them don't
have campgrounds nearby. You can camp in state and national parks, though, which generally have facilities for both
tents and trailers.
221
Here are some more helpful things to know.
Who should you tip at a hotel? The bellman gets $ I per bag for taking your luggage to your room. Maids usually
don't expect a tip, but if you stay more than a few days or if your maid does something special for you, a $ 2 tip is a
good idea. Room service waiters should get 15 % of a bill.
You may want to avoid some motels that advertise "in-room movies" or "in-house films". These are usually X-rated,
or pornographic, films.
Lots of hotels have special facilities for conventions large and small meeting rooms, banquet rooms, PA (public
address) systems and so on. They may also offer guests attending the convention special rates on services.
Electricity in North America is 110 volts (60 Herz) not 220 This means you won't be able to use your hair dryer
or your electric razor unless you can change it to 110 volts.
When telephoning from your hotel room, you will often have to go through the hotel switchboard, especially for
long distance calls. These calls can be quite expensive, because the hotel usually adds a high service charge to the
calls you make. On the other hand, local calls can generally be made from your room by dialling direct. You can also
ask the hotel receptionist to give you a wake up call in the morning.
If your hotel does not have a laundry service, maybe you can find a laundromat nearby, which might even be open
24 hours a day. You will need exact change to operate the washing machines and dryers.
You will always find soap, towels and linen in hotel and motel rooms in the US.
Mr Thompson at the Hotel
Mr Thompson had to go to Manchester on business. He had not been there for years. He thought of going by car, but
he did not like the idea of driving for several hours on busy roads, so in the end he decided to take a train. As he was
unable to catch an early train, it was late in the evening when he arrived in Manchester.
Feeling tired after his journey, he chose a hotel near the station. He went to the reception desk and asked the clerk if
there was a single room, with bath. "Certainly, sir", the clerk said "I hope there is plenty of hot water", Mr
Thompson said. He was looking forward to a hot bath after his journey. "Of course, sir", the clerk said. "Room fortynine. I'll get the porter to take up your luggage." Mr Thompson was not a mean man, but he had made his money the
hard way, and he did not believe in tipping people
222
for doing things that he could do himself. "Don't bother", he said. "I've got one suitcase. I can manage myself." "All
right, sir. Here's your key. Your room is on the fourth floor, number forty-nine." "The fourth floor? I'd rather use the
lift then." "The lift is out of order, sir, I'm afraid. It has been for the last fortnight." "In that case, 1 shall need the
porter after all." The reception clerk looked at his watch. "He's just gone off duty", he said. "He went just now, while
we were talking. The night porter hasn't arrived yet."
Mr Thompson's face began to feel hot, which was a sign that he was getting annoyed. Picking up his suitcase he
made his way up four flights of stairs to his room, which he found to be extremely small and untidy. He felt like a
drink, so he picked up the phone: "Will you send a whisky and soda to room forty-nine?"
Fifteen minutes passed and no drink arrived. He phoned down a second time: "This is room forty-nine again.
Where's the whisky I ordered some time ago? I'd like it straightaway." Suddenly feeling suspicious, he went into the
bathroom and turned on the hot tap. No hot water came out. In fact, no water came out at all. By this time his face
was feeling very hot, so he went to the wash basin in his bedroom and splashed some cold water on it. He waited.
Still no drink. Then he noticed that the water was still in the basin It had not drained away. The pipes must be
clogged. This was the last straw. He used the phone again. "I demand to see the manager," he said. "At once."
After twenty minutes the manager appeared. "Can I help you, sir?" he said. "I wish to make a complaint about the
service and the conditions in this hotel," Mr Thompson said. "There are no porters. The lift is out of order. My room
is no bigger than a rabbit-hutch, and it is dirty. I have phoned twice for a drink, but no drink has come. I was assured
that there would be hot water, and there isn't any. And now, to crown it all, the wash-basin is blocked."
The manager looked at the wash-basin for some minutes. He smelt strongly of beer. "That is very strange," he said.
He put his hand into the water and got out a small object. Mr Thompson heard the sound of water draining away.
The manager smiled triumphantly: "You forgot to remove the plug, sir," he said. "You see, there is absolutely
nothing wrong with our hotel."
Self check
/. Translate into English:
. . .
. , , .
223
46 .
?
, .
. , .
, .
. . ?
50 .
. .
, ,
. ?
7 9.30.
?
, , .
.
Fluency
/. Answer the questions:
Do you like to stay at a hotel? What are visitors required to do first when they arrive at a hotel? What information is
required from you when you are signing in at a hotel? What services does a guest get at a modern hotel? What is meant by
the term "bed and breakfast"? What is the usual rate for a single (double) room in this country? What are the duties of the
reception clerk (chambermaid, porter)? What is the best hotel in your city? Why do you think so?
When did you stay at a hotel last? Where? What is the hotel like? Is it difficult to get accomodation in that hotel? Did you
reserve a room in advance? How much did it cost? Describe how you registered at the hotel. Did you like your room?
What was it like? Did you have your meals at the hotel? How did you find the cooking? Were the prices reasonable? What
was the service like? Was there a dry-cleaner's service at the hotel? Have you ever been abroad? Did you put up at a hotel?
How did you find the hotel and the service there?
Writing
I. Write a similar letter on this pattern to a hotel reserving a room in advance:
The Manager, Seascape Hotel, Marine Parade, Brighton, Sussex, England
Dear Sir,
I would like to book two rooms at your hotel for four nights from July 27th to July 3lst. I would like one double room
and one single room both with baths.
Yours faithfully, Peter Schnelling
II. You are in London on business. You are staying at a big fashionable hotel. In your letter home you write a lot about the
hotel and the services at the hotel.
///. Write a conversation for this situation: 1. Robert Wilson arrives at a hotel late at night. His secretary has booked a
room for him there.
224
225
Illustrative Situations
/. Compare the following situations:
Mr Smith teaches well, (the subject is the doer of the action, the verb "teach" is in the Active Voice) The students are
taught well, (the subject is the receiver of the action; it is acted upon, the verb "teach" is in the Passive Voice)
The Passive is used:
a) to give factual information:
The musical "Cats" is based on the poems of T. S. Eliot. It was composed by Andrew Lloyd Webber.
b) when what is/was done is more important than who is doing/did the action:
Wine from California is exported to France.
c) to introduce general opinions:
It is now recognised as one of the most successful musicals of all time.
d) to express rules. Smoking is not allowed here.
It is forbidden to walk on the grass.
e) to describe processes: Bread is made from flour
The doer of the action in the passive constructions is introduced by the preposition "by". It is very seldom used.
When Mrs Brown was crossing the street she was stopped b> a policeman. Nowadays washing is done by washingmachines
Here are some examples of the other tense forms used in the Passive Voice: I. I think Jack will be invited to the
party.
226
2. You won't be allowed to use these books.
3 The school was built in 1867. The rooms are small and dark and it looks like a prison. It is still being used
although the local authorities have recently promised it will be pulled down.
4. Yesterday on my way home I dropped into the repair shop. I wanted to find out if my typewriter was ready. But
it was still being repaired. They asked me to come in two days.
5. Richard's wife saw very good alarm clocks at special prices in a department store last week. She has gone back
there today, but ail the clocks are gone. "I'm sorry, Madam", the salesgirl is saying. "All the clocks have been sold".
6. Patrick Connor has gone back to Ireland for a few days. Dublin has changed a lot. Patrick is talking to an old
friend now. "A lot
of fine old buildings have been pulled down!" he says.
7. The chief engineer invited the heads of the departments to his office. He wished to know if his instructions had
been carried out.
8. When I arrived the family were in the sitting-room. Tea had been cleared away and the curtains had been drawn.
The wife and husband were going to watch TV. Mary, their daughter, was looking for something in the book-case.
Her brother Robert was making a telephone call to his friend.
9. Come at 11, please. The papers will have been signed by that time.
SIMPLE PRESENT PASSIVE
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. The post is delivered every morning. 2. Steel sinks when it is put into water. 3. Smoking is not allowed here. 4. He
is often sent parcels. 5 Coffee is imported from Brazil. 6. Wine is produced in many parts of France. 7. Accidents are
often caused by carelessness. 8. Newspapers are sold at the newsagent's. 9. Clothes are washed at the launderette.
10. Films are shown at the cinema. 11. Bread is sold at the baker's. 12. Milk goes sour when it is left for three days.
13. Your report is highly spoken of. 14. The children are well looked after. 15. The machines are inspected every
day. 15. Flowers die when they are not watered. 16. Lost time is never found again. 17. This article is often referred
to. 18. He is paid a lot of money for his work. 19. What is made at this factory? 20. When is breakfast served here?
21. Where are bananas sold? 22. Who is invited to their parties? 23. What foreign languages are you taught at the
Institute? 24. Are you allowed to use this library?
227
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
\. Those paintings were sold for 500 pounds each 2 That's a good book. It was written by George Orwell. 3. I was
offered an interesting job yesterday. 4. The doctor was immediately sent for 5. His car was not fixed in time, so he
couldn't go to the city 6. Ro me wasn't built in a day. 7. Some coffee was brought to our room 8. The car was parked
there. 9. I was frightened to death when I drove through Paris last month. 10. He was asked to give a speech at the
party. 11. The woman was taken to hospital. 12. Our car was stopped because we were driving too fast. 13. He
couldn't get into the room as the door was locked. 14. The ring was no! found. 15. The article was much talked
about. 16. Everything wa~, done in time. 17. The letters were not signed yesterday. 18. I was given a book as a
present.
1. They showed the scientists a new research centre. 2. She gave me a pound of sugar. 3. He told the children fairytales 4. They paid him only part of the money. 5. The doctor prescribed me a lot of medicine. 6. They promised us
seats in the first row.
230
7. The doctors advised him to take a long holiday. 8. She recommended me a rest in the south.
V. Answer the questions using the prompts:
e.g. Who inspects the machines? the man who laughed so much Who explained the joke? the foreman The machines
are inspected by the foreman. The joke was explained by the man who laughed so much.
1. Who made the biscuits? the manager
2. Who wraps the chocolate boxes? my wife
3. Who dictated that letter? the girls in the factory
4. Who prepared the medicine? the Chocolate Makers' Association
5. Who sells the newspapers? his secretary
6. Who brought the menu? the chemist
7. Who publishes the Chocolate Makers' Magazine? the newsagent
8. Who opens Mr Burbank's letters? The waiter
VI. Respond to the following:
e.g. They didn't ask me any questions. And Jack? Jack wasn't asked any questions either.
1. They didn't promise him help. And Robert? 2. They didn't send Dick a visa. And Alec? 3. They didn't invite John
to the picnic. And Roger? 4. She didn't inform me about her arrival. And you?
5. They didn't tell me the news. And you? 6. He didn't allow me to use his dictionary. And you?
VII. Ask your partner when the parcel was brought; what was discussed at the last meeting; what mark he was given
at his last English exam; if he is paid well; if he is often sent abroad; when he was last sent a letter; if he is often
visited by his friends; what foreign language he was taught at school; by whom the text was translated; when the
documents were photo-copied; when the newspaper was delivered; what is produced at that factory; when the
tickets were booked; if his dictionary was found; when dinner is served; when the meeting was held; when America
was discovered.
. 13. . 14.
15.
16. . 17. ?
SIMPLE FUTURE PASSIVE
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
\. The letters will be sent tomorrow. 2. You will be given a good present for your birthday. 3. The machines will be
inspected by the foreman. 4. You will be shown all the places of interest in our town. 5. I think you will be asked to
help them. 6. The job will be advertised in the morning paper tomorrow. 7. He hopes he will be sent a visa soon. 8.
The report will be typed in an hour. 9. The plan will be discussed at tomorrow's meeting. 10. They will be informed
about it today. 11. The work won't be finished soon.
//. Respond using the prompts:
e.g. When are they going to publish Mr White's book? (next month)
It will be published next month, I think.
1. When are they going to send the parcel? (in the morning) 2. When are they going to bring our luggage? (in an
hour) 3. When are they going to finish the work? (tomorrow) 4. When are they going to book the tickets? (today) 5.
When are they going to pack the luggage? (in the morning) 6. When are they going to translate the text? (in two
hours) 7. When are they going to post the letters? (on Friday) 8. When are they going to hold the meeting? (on Monday) 9. When are they going to test the device? (the day after tomorrow) 10. When are they going to discuss the
plan? (at 10 o'clock)
///. Answer the questions:
e.g. They won't invite Alec to the party. And Jack?
Jack won't be invited either.
1. They won't take Helen to the cinema. And Susan? 2. They won't send the parcels today. And the letters? 3. They
won't bring the records today. And the taperecorder? 4. They won't tell Dick about it. And his wife? 5. They won't
deliver the letter today. And the telegram?
IV. Ask questions:
e.g. Robert will be taught Spanish. (Clare)
1. Steve will be told about it. (Mary) 2. Dick will be sent an invitation. (Mike) 3. Mr Black will be met at the
station. (Mr Smith) 4. The article will be typed today, (the letters) 5. A school will be built in this area next year, (a
shop) e.g. The suitcases will be brought by the porter, (when) When will they be brought?
1. The meeting will be held in room 20. (at what time) 2. The article will be translated by Mr Green, (when) 3.
Supper will be served soon, (where) 4. The documents will be signed by the boss, (when) 5. He will be paid a lot.
(how much) 6. The talks will be held in May. (where) 7. Some of your colleagues will be invited to the conference,
(who) 8. This article will be published soon, (where)
V. Translate into English (self check):
1. . 2. ? 3.
? 4. ? 5. ?
6. , . 7. .
8. , .
9. , . 10. , . 11.
? 12. , . 13.
. 14. .
Fluency
/. Listen and reproduce the following dialogues:
1. What's the matter?
I've just fallen off my bicycle.
Oh, dear, is anything broken?
I'm afraid the front wheel is buckled.
2. What's the news?
Michael is going to be sent to America to do research work.
When did you hear that?
It was announced yesterday.
3. I envy Bill.
Why?
Because he'll be given a scholarship next year.
Well, he deserves it.
4. Teacher: What do we get from sheep? Boy:
Wool.
Teacher: And what do we make from wool?
233
Boy:
I don't know.
Teacher: Well, what is your coat made of?
Boy:
It was made from father's old coat.
5. Foreman: Come on, man, hurry up. Worker: Rome was not built in a day.
Foreman: May be not, but 1 wasn't foreman on that job.
6. Ken: I like your radio. Is it new?
Pat: Yes, I bought it last week. It's a Bisonic. Ken: Bisonic? I've never heard of it. Where was it made? Pat: I'm
not sure. I think it was made in Japan. I'll have a look. No, I'm wrong. It was made in England.
Self check
/. Use the verbs in the proper tense and voice:
\. Our tourist group (arrive) in Moscow in the morning. A bus (take) us to the hotel "Ukraina". After breakfast and a
short rest we (invite) for a sightseeing tour of Moscow. We (want) to see as much as possible as none of us (be) in
Moscow before. We (show) and (tell) a lot of interesting things. Before our tour (come) to an end we (learn) much
about Moscow. 2. When are you going to post this parcel? It (post) in an hour I think. 3. What language you
(teach) when you (study) at the University? French. 4. Why they (not, come) to the party? Well, I (not, know).
They (send) the invitations about a week ago. 5. When the tickets (book)? In a week. 6. When I (reach) the
building I (stop) by a policeman who wanted to see my pass. 7. Students (allow) to use dictionaries at the exam?
No, dictionaries (not, allow). 8. A new stadium (build) opposite our house last year. 9. You (look) for your gloves?
Ask the attendant, some gloves (pick) up and (give) to him a few minutes ago. 10. The mother (tell) not to worry
about her sick boy. "He (examine) soon by the doctor. Everything (be) all right, I'm sure", said the nurse. 11. I
wonder whether Alice (invite) to the conference. Her report is very interesting. 12. When examinations (hold)?
They (hold) at the end of every term. 13. The old man (fall) down and (break) his leg. He (take) to hospital by a
passing motorist. 14. I (wake) by the noise in the street. 15. I've heard that Mr Smith (not, write) his own speeches,
they (write) by his secretary. 16. These textbooks (use) in all schools? No. 17. Where the journals (keep)? In
the safe. 18. Don't worry. Everything (do) in time. 19. Drinks (not, serve) here after midnight. 20. Who this article
(write) by' 21. An interesting article (publish) in the next issue of the magazine. The author of the article (work) at it
for a long time. 22. Ask the librarian about the new books which (receive) last week. You (give) all the necessary
information. 23. He (ask) this question at the examination. He (give) an excellent mark for his answer. 24. This book
(discuss) at the next meeting of our English club. A lot of students (take part) in the discussion. 25. Where (be) the
secretary? She (call) to the boss a few minutes ago. 26. Mr Short is a good lecturer. He always attentively (listen)
to.
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. The film is being much talked about. 2. The road is still being repaired. 3. An office block is being built near our
school. 4. Some building work is being done in Park Avenue. 5. A new machine is being tested in the lab. 6. This
question is still being discussed. 7. This material is still being used, isn't it? 8. Do you know that your voice is being
recorded? 9. Is the floor in the sitting-room still being polished? 10. The talks are still being held.
the taperecorder? (repair) 5. Can I study here? (wash the floor) e.g. Have they settled the problem yet?
No, it's still being settled.
1. Have they built the school yet? 2. Have they written the article yet? 3. Have they started the test yet? 4. Has he
translated the text yet? 5. Have they repaired the device? 6. Have they packed the suitcases? 7. Have they cooked
supper? e.g. They are widening our road.
Oh, our road is being widened too.
1. They are repainting our bridge. 2. They are repairing our road. 3. They are widening our pavements. 4. They are
changing our house numbers. 5. They are rebuilding our town hall. 6. They are re-opening our theatre. 7. They are
closing down our local hospital. 8. They are moving our library. 9. They are replacing our street lights. 10. They are
making our street one-way. 11. They are restoring our old church.
///. Ask your partner where the meeting is being held; what problems are being discussed at the meeting; if the
documents are still being typed; what film is being spoken about; what texts are being recorded; if the lamp is still
being fixed; who is being examined at the moment; what the student is being asked about.
IV. Translate into English (self check):
i. ? . 2. .
. 3. ? , . 4. .
. 5. . 6.
. 7. ? . 8. .
.
PAST CONTINUOUS PASSIVE
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. Huge blocks of flats were being built all last year. 2. When we came the pool was being filled with water. 3. I was
told that my article was still being typed. 4. The car was being repaired the whole day yesterday. 5. When I left the
meeting the problem was still being discussed. 6. When I entered the hall the young specialists were being instructed
what to do. 7. At 6 o'clock the floor was still being polished.
237
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. Mary is proud. Her work has been praised. 2. What's happened? The window has been broken. 3. Jane hasn't
been told about it. 4. Many new buildings have been built in our town lately. 5. His report has been much spoken
about. 6. Dick is happy. His dog has been found. 7. There isn't any food left. All of it has been eaten. 8. I can't find
my car anywhere. I think it has been stolen. 9. The house looks quite new. It has been painted. 10. Have those letters
been typed yet? 11. Have you ever been interviewed on television? 12. Today's post hasn't been brought up yet, has
it?
//. Respond to the following:
e.g. Shall I type the letters for you?
They've already been typed. Thank you.
1. Shall I help you unload the car? 2. Shall I introduce you to him? 2. Shall I show you Dick's drawings? 3. Shall I
translate the article for you? 4. Shall I test the device? 5. Shall I fix the lamp? 6. Shall I repair the car? 6. Shall I buy
the book for you?, e.g. I think I ought to help you find your raincoat.
Don't worry about it. It has already been found.
1. I think I ought to help you wash the dishes. 2. I think we ought to post that letter to Dr Davis. 3. I think I ought to
give him some money. 4. I think I ought to repair the typewriter. 5. I think we ought to clear out the garage. 6. I
think I ought to clean the flat. e.g. Can I see today's paper? (receive)
I'm afraid you can't. It hasn't been received yet.
1. Can I read the telegram? (not to deliver) 2. Can you give me the book? (not to bring) 3. Can I have dinner? (not to
cook) 4. Can I take the documents? (not to sign) 5. Can I look through your report? (not to finish) 6. Can I use your
phone? (not to fix) e.g. Will you please send the documents?
As a matter of fact they have already been sent.
1. Will you please fix the tent? 2. Will you inform them about the meeting? 3. Will you instruct him how to do it? 4.
Will you repair the TV set? 5. Will you please iron the suit? 6. Will you please translate the letters?
239
e.g. I think we must repair our house.
Oh, yes. It hasn't been repaired for years.
1. We must paint the doors. 2. We must clean the windows. 3. We must wash the curtains. 4. We must change the
wall papers in the sitting-room. 5. We must clear up the dining-room table. 6. We must polish the floor, e.g. Let's
go to Peter's birthday, (invite)
How can we? We haven't been invited.
1. Let's look through today's newspapers, (not to deliver) 2. Let's listen to Text 10. (not to record) 3. Let's unpack the
luggage, (not to bring) 4. Let's play the piano, (not to tune) 5. Let's have dinner, (not to cook) 6. Let's watch TV. (the
TV set, not to repair) e.g. Why does Lucy look so upset?
Don't you know? She has been given a bad mark.
1. Why hasn't your friend come? (send to Moscow) 2. Why doesn't Uncle George smoke any more? (advise to give
up smoking) 3. Why is it so cold in the room? (break the window) 4. Why does Dick look so pale? (operate on) 5.
Why is the child crying? (damage his new toy) 6. Why is Mary so sad? (scold by the teacher)
///. Ask if the following actions have really taken place:
e.g. They say the document has been used.
Has it really been used?
1. They say the luggage has been marked. 2. They say the mail has been delivered. 3. They say the car has been
parked. 4. They say the letter has been signed. 5. They say the books have already been sold.
IV. Ask your secretary if the documents have been typed; if they have been photo-copied; why the letters haven't
been posted yet; if the journals have been received; how many copies have been received; if a table at the restaurant
has been reserved; if all the people have been invited.
V. Your mother is talking to you over the telephone. She's asking you not to forget:
1. to clear the table; 2. to wash the dishes; 3. to sweep the floor; 4. to make the bed; 5. to air the room; 6. to put the
books in order; 7. to cook supper Tell her that all this has already been done.
VI. Respond to the following using the Present Perfect Passive:
e.g. Where's my old umbrella?
I am afraid it has been thrown away.
240
(It has been given to the old man next door, etc.) 1. Why don't you take part in the conference? 2. Will you book the
tickets? 3. What has become of your bicycle? 4. Can I work in the study? 4. Where's my grey suit? 5. Shall I fix the
lamp? 6. I think we ought to tell him about it. 6. The room looks untidy. 7. You can't take the documents. 8. Why
doesn't he join us? 9. Where are the papers? 10. She looks upset. 11. I think we must clean the windows.
VII. Translate into English (self check):
1. . 2. . 3. ? . 4.
- ? , . 5. ?
, . . 6. . . 7.
. . 8. . . 9.
. .
PAST PERFECT PASSIVE
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. All the tickets had already been sold out by the time John and Mary arrived. 2. When I returned home my wife
told me that all the things had already been packed and they were ready to start. 3. The room had been prepared for
the Hunts but they didn't come. 4. I had a letter from my sister some days ago. She wrote she had been accepted to
college. 5. By 5 o'clock the experiment had already been completed. 6. They realized that the telegram hadn't been
received.
Practice
/. Listen and imitate:
1. The factory will have been completed by the end of the month. 2. The car will have been repaired by Saturday. 3.
The work will
242
have been tinished before you come back. 4. The documents will have been typed by the time the boss returns.
2. There has been another rail crash in Scotland. The crash occurred last night in freezing fog outside Glasgow. Four
people
were killed and at least ten people were injured. The railway lines have not yet been cleared and a number of trains
have been delayed.
3. Heavy snow has fallen in the North of England. Many roads
243
have been blocked arid traffic has been brought to a standstill One town, Castlepool in Yorkshire, has been
completely cut off Supplies will be dropped into the town by air this afternoon.
4 The office of Mr Arthur Tigers, the prominent industrialist, was broken into during the weekend. A small amount
of money was taken and the office itself was left in what the cleaning woman described as "a terrible mess". The
burglary was discovered b\ cleaners early this morning. Mr Tigers is away on holiday in South America and has not
yet been located.
5. Ted Robinson has been worried all the week. Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local police. In the letter
he was asked to call at the station. Ted wondered why he was wanted by the police, but he went to the station
yesterday and now he is not worried any more. At the station he was told by a smiling policeman that his bicycle had
been found. Five days ago, the policeman told him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles
away. It is now being sent to his home by tram. Ted was most surprised when he heard the news. He was amused
too, because he never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago when Ted was a boy of
fifteen!
6 The Olympic Games will be held in our country in four years' time. As many people will be visiting the country,
the government will be building new hotels, a large stadium, and a fine new swimming pool. They will also be
building new roads and a special railway-line. The Games will be held just outside the capital and the whole area
will be called "Olympic City". Workers will have completed the new roads by the end of this year. By the end of
next year they will have finished work on the new stadium. The fine modern buildings have been designed by Kurt
Gunter. Everybody will be watching anxiously as the new buildings go up. We are all very excited and are looking
forward to the Olympic Games because they have never been held before in this country.
7. The whole village soon learnt that a large sum of money had been lost. Sam Benton, the local butcher, had lost
his wallet while taking his savings to the post-office. Sam was sure that the wallet had been found by one of the
villagers, but it was not returned to him. Three months passed, and then one morning, Sam found his wallet outside
his front door. It had been wrapped up in a newspaper and it contained half the money he had lost, together with a
note which said: "A thief, yes, but only 50 per cent a thief!" Two months later, some money was sent to Sam with
another note: "Only 25 per cent a thief now!" In time, all Sam's money was paid back in this way. The last note said:
"I am 100 per cent honest now'"
8. An American in London was taken sightseeing by a guide and was shown many beautiful buildings. "Did it take
you long to
944
build that house?" he asked when they were, passing a hotel. "About six months", said the guide. "A building like
that is built during a month in New York", the American said. Then he was shown a new office building. "Did it take
you long to build that?" he asked. "About a month", said the guide. "Such a place can be built in a couple of days in
New York". Some minutes later they came to the Houses of Parliament. "That's not a bad place. When was it built?"
asked the American. "You may not believe me but that building was not there when I crossed the street last night",
said the guide smiling.
9. During a sea trip on board a steamer a young girl was courted by five young men. The poor thing was at a loss
whom she should choose. She was advised to jump overboard and then marry the one who would jump in after her.
The girl did as she was told. Next morning when all the five admirers were on deck she jumped into the sea. She
was immediately followed by four of the men. When the girl and her admirers were fished out of the water she
found herself even more at a loss than before. "What should I do with these four wet men?" she asked the captain.
"Take the dry one", was his advice. This time again the girl did as she was told.
//. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions: Mr Palmer is looking for a new house. He's tired of living in
the city and he wants to live in a quiet village. He's with the estate agent now. Estate Agent:
Well, Mr Palmer.
This is the house that
I told you about... Number 26, Richmond Road The
owners are away, but I've got a key. Mr Palmer: Hmm... when was it built? Agent:
It was built in 1950.
Mr Palmer: Who built it?
Agent:
I'm not really sure Is it important?
Mr Palmer: No, not really. Is that a new roof? It looks nev Agent:
It is nearly new. It was put on last year.
Agent:
You can see that it's in very good condition The
previous owner was a builder. Mr Palmer: It's quite an old house. I'm worried about the elecu'cal wiring. Has it been rewired? Agent:
Yes, it has.
Mr Palmer. Oh, when was it done? Agent:
Five years ago. It has also been redecorated. Central
heating has been put in, and a new garage has been
built.
245
Self check
/. Use the verbs in the proper tense and voice:
1 Where (be) the contract? It (type) now. It (bring) in a few minutes. 2. When we returned the door already
(lock). 3. Trucks and tractors (produce) at this plant. 4. Not a word (say) by the newcomer. 5. Susan is upset. Her
favourite record (break) 6 The house (paint) and looks quite new. 7. I want to call the police Why? Because
my watch (steal). I hope it (find)
246
soon. 8. What's going on in the lab? The results of the experiment (discuss) there. 9. The secretary told us that the
documents (not, sign) yet. 10. He looked very excited when I saw him. No wonder, his device (test). 11. I just
(offer) a ticket for the cup game. I'm sure it will be very interesting. 12. How much money you (send) yesterday?
300 pounds. 13. Where the conference (hold)? In London.How long it (last)? For a week. You (hear) any
interesting reports? Quite a lot. 14. This typewriter is quite new. It never (use). 15. The school (build) by
September. 16. The article (translate) by the time you return. 17. John (live) in Manchester. His girl-friend Mary
(study) French in Paris. She (stay) there for 5 weeks. The week before last John (go) to Paris to visit his girl-friend.
He (be) back in Manchester now. He just (receive) this reply from her.
Dear John,
It (be) nice to see you last week. After you (go) I (feel) so lonely. I really (enjoy) seeing you again.
Two days ago I (take) my final exam and it (be) pretty difficult. The papers (mark) now. If 1 (pass) I (get) a
certificate. I (be able) to get a better job. You (not, tell) me much about your new job last time. You (say) you (work)
hard.
Last night we (have) a farewell party. We (go) to a new restaurant that (open) last month. Everyone (be) in high
spirits because the course (complete). I (be going) to miss all the new friends I (make) here. See you next week. I
hope you (meet) me at the airport.
All my love,
Mary
Scene: the main hall of Paddington Station (one of the main London railway stations)
It was late at night, but there were still a lot of people coming and going There was a noise of trains.
A good-looking, fair-haired Swiss girl of about twenty was sitting on her suitcase. Her chin was in her hands and she
looked tired and depressed. Nodoby spoke to her, nobody even looked at her.
Another young woman went past. She noticed the fair girl She stopped in surprise, turned round and looked again.
"Why, it's Ann, isn't it?" The fair girl looked up. At first she didn't recognize the other girl. "You remember me, don't
you? I'm Pauline. We were at school together."
Ann jumped to her feet. "Of course! My dear Pauline! I'm so glad to see you."
"I'm glad I noticed you. But what are you doing here? I didn't know you were in England."
"I arrived from Zurich at one o'clock. I had lunch at Victoria station. I think I took a long time over it. And now I'm
alone in London. I don't know anybody. And what a day I've had! I must sit on this suitcase until tomorrow morning.
I'm going to stay with some people called Forest. They live miles and miles in the country. But I've missed the last
train."
"Missed the last train? Have you really? That's bad luck. But how did you miss it? It seems rather silly."
"It isn't far from Victoria to Paddington, but it took a long time to get there. I took a taxi, but still I arrived late. I ran
into the station and shouted: "Which is the four o'clock train for Brimstead? But the porter thought I said "Bristol!"
He put me in a train just as it moved away from the station. I was very proud of catching the train at the last minute.
I settled down in the compartment. There was an old gentleman there, but I was too shy to speak to him, Later he
gave me a cigarette and we talked. We stopped at a place called Reading and then went on. I thought the journey
was taking a long time.
Then a man came to collect our tickets. He looked at mine and said: "Brimstead? You're in the wrong train, Miss." It
was terrible I cried: "Stop the train! I must get out!" But the man said: "We don't stop until Bristol." At last we got
there. I got out and ran like the wind with my suitcase to catch the next train back to London
248
I crossed the lines a lot of porters shouted after me, but I didn't stop.
The London train was just leaving. It was a slow train: it stopped at every station. When I got back here, the last
train to Brimstead had just gone. It's only a small town, you see."
"But why are you sitting out here in this cold?"
"It's too stuffy in the waiting-room."
"Poor Ann! Come and spend the night at my lodgings. My landlady will be pleased to see you."
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text and answer the questions:
Where did Pauline meet Ann? Did Ann recognize her at once? Why did Ann look so tired and depressed? How did it
happen that she got into the wrong train?
//. Read the text and analyse its language peculiarities. Do some exercises in the next section to remember them.
Special Difficulties
/. Respond using the prompts:
e.g. Bob got another job, I suppose, (old) No, he was too old to get another job. ...I suppose.
1. Tom went alone, (young) 2. Peter got through the window, (fat) 3. George drove the car. (drunk) 4. Mary walked
upstairs, (weak) 5. Peter ate something, (ill) 6. James bought the house, (poor) 7. Frank understood, (stupid) 8. Jack
became a jockey, (small) 9. The other driver listened to you. (excited) 10. She wore your coat, (tall)
//. Make up sentences using the word combination "to be proud
e.g. She/her son
She is proud of her son.
1. He / his wife. 2. The girl/her mother 3. The children/their parents 4. David/his sister 5. Ann/her daughter 6.
George/his brother e.g. Mr Green/work for this firm
Mr Green is proud of working for this firm. 1. Betty/type without mistakes 2. Dick/have a car 3. Bill/speak Chinese
4. He/live in this country 5. Kate/swim so well 6. Paul/ earn so much money
249
Text Exercises
/. Ask ana answer questions on the text.
II. Speak on Ann's adventure.
III. Did you ever have an experience like that? Tell about it.
Conversation Practice
/. Listen to the conversations and learn them: Booking Train Tickets
9.28.
When does it get in?
It gets there at 11.34.
Must 1 change?
No, it's a through train.
3. What time's the next train to Victoria, please?
9.26. Platform 4.
When do we get there?
It's due at 11.35, but they're running late today.
Is it necessary to change?
Yes. Change at East Croydon.
4. Excuse me...
Yes. Can I help you?
Yes, I'd like some information about trains, please.
Where to?
...to London.
When?
Tomorrow.
Morning or afternoon?
In the evening. About six o'clock.
There's one at 6.40.
Thank you.
5. I want a ticket to Bern, please, second class.
Single or return?
Return, please.
Sixty-five pounds, please. Five pounds change, thank you.
250
Could you tell me what time the next train is?
8 o'clock, platform 12. If you hurry you'll just catch it.
Thanks.
//. Situation: You want to go to Kiev in a week. You phone the railway booking-office and inquire about the timetable and tickets.
At the Railway Station
Jane:
Hello, Mr Blake. We're are not late, are we'
Mr Blake: Hello, Jane. No, you're not late. I was a bit earlv
Jane:
When does the train leave?
Mr Blake: It leaves at four twenty-seven (4.27). If we hurry,
we'll be able to catch it. Jane:
Is it an express?
Mr Blake: No, it's a stopping train Jane:
Shall I buy ihe tickets, Mr Blake?
Mr Blake: Oh, yes, I forgot about them. There's the booking-office. Jane:
Do you know how much the fare is?
Mr Blake- Seventy-five pence (75 p) for a single ticket and one
pound fifty for a return But ask for a weekend return.
That might be cheaper. And ask for a time-table, too.
You'll need it on Sunday. Jane:
All right. I'll meet you at the entrance to the platform.
Which platform is ours? Mr Blake: Platform sixteen. I'll take your suitcase. Which one's
yours?
Jane:
That one's mine.
Mr Blake: Hurry. The train leaves at four twenty-seven. (4.27) Jane:
From platform sixteen?
Mr Blake: Yes.
Questions: When does the train leave? Is it an express or a stopping train? Who is going to buy the tickets? What is
the fare? From what platform does the train leave? Where do they agree to meet? Will Mr Blake help Jane with her
suitcase?
Listening Linda Goes to Liverpool
Linda found a seat in a compartment that was full of middle-aged businessmen. One of them offered to put her case
on the rack for her. She politely told him she could do it herself. The man started talking to her after she had sat
down. She tried to avoid getting into a conversation but it was impossible. He was one of those
251
boring types that go on talking even if nobody is interested.
When she casually mentioned that she was going to Liverpool in order to do a report on the city, he began telling her
all about the place. Several hours went by. He talked and talked. Linda hardly said anything. Finally, the train got
into Liverpool. The man kept on talking until the very last minute. Linda got up to go. Just then he invited her to a
party. He said he would introduce her to all his friends so that she could learn more about Liverpool Linda politely
refused and hurried out of the compartment She could still hear the man's voice. He was talking to someone else in
My uncle Tom worked on the railway. It wasn't a big station, it was a little place called Lowton Cross. Only about
two trains a day stopped there, and Tom was station-master, chief porter all in one. In fact Tom did any work that
came along. Lowton Cross was the pride of his heart; the waiting-room was cleaned every day by the chief cleaner
(Tom); the chairs were polished by the chief polisher (Tom); and the tickets were sold and collected by the chief
ticket-collector (Tom) sometimes there were as many as four tickets a day and the money was counted every
evening by the chief clerk (Tom)
That station was run well. Tom was very strict about rules. He knew what a passenger was allowed to do and was
not allowed to do. He was there for 50 years and then he had to retire. There is no doubt that Tom did his job well, in
all the 50 years he never missed a single day. So the railway company wanted to thank him for hib job. A man from
the head office was asked to go to Lowton Cross to do it.
Tom was thanked and was given a small cheque as a present He was very pleased, of course, but he said to the man:
"1 don't need the money. But can 1 have something that will remind me of the happy days 1 have spent in Lowton
Cross?" The man asked him what he wanted. "Well, sir, could the Company let me have a part of an old railway
carriage? It doesn't matter how old or broken it is I want to put it in my garden, and every day I can go and sit in it."
254
About a week later a carriage was sent and was taken into Tom's garden. Tom worked at it, and it was cleaned and
painted and polished. Soon we went to see Tom. It was a bad day for a visit. It began to rain as we got off the train,
and by the time we got to Tom's house it was raining hard. We knocked but there was no answer. Tom wasn't in the
house. We thought he was in his carriage. Sure enough, he was there, but he was not sitting in his carriage, he was
outside, on the step of the carriage smoking his pipe. His head was covered with a sack. We asked him why he did
not go inside the carriage. "Can't you see," said Tom, "the carriage they sent me was a non-smoker."
Questions: Where did uncle Tom work? How many trains a day stopped at the station? What kind of work did uncle
Tom do? What did the Company do to thank Tom? What present did uncle Tom want to receive? What present was
uncle Tom given? Who came to see uncle Tom once? What was the weather like that day? Where did Tom's relatives
find him? What were they surprised at? Why didn't Tom go inside the carriage?
Reading At the Railway Station
It's common knowledge that nowadays people travel a lot. They travel on business and for pleasure, about the
country and abroad. Those who wish to travel have at their disposal various means of transport: express trains and
big ships, cars and jet airliners.
Although we all agree that the future belongs to the air transport, the railway is still one of the most popular means
of communication. Of course, if people are short of time and have to travel a long distance they usually travel by air.
But if they have time they prefer to go by train.
With a train you have speed, comfort and pleasure combined. From the comfortable corner seat of a carriage you
have a splendid view of the countryside. If you are hungry you can have a meal in the dining-car and if the journey
is long you can have a comfortable bed in a sleeper.
A big railway station is a very busy and interesting place. Let's imagine that we are at one of them.
There are a lot of platforms at which trains come in and go out. A train is standing at one of the platforms ready to
leave. The porters are very busy carrying luggage to the train or pushing it on their trucks. On another platform a
train has just come in. Some passengers are getting out, others are getting in. Those who ha255
ven't got their tickets in advance are waiting in queues at the booking-office. At the bookstalls people are choosing
books, magazines and newspapers for the journey. At the cloak room some people are leaving and taking their
luggage.
There are a lot of notices in a big railway station. You may see ENTRANCE and EXIT. There is also a WAITINGROOM where you can relax until it is time to board your train. If you are hungry or thirsty you'll go to the
REFRESHMENT ROOM.
If you don't know the number of the platform from which your train leaves, look for the notices ARRIVALS and
DEPARTURES. They will tell you the number of the platform.
When you arrive in a large town you may leave your heavy luggage at the station. In this case you will look for the
CLOAK ROOM or LEFT LUGGAGE OFFICE.
You will also see the notice BOOKING OFFICE. This is where you buy your ticket. If you don't know the time or
the platform your train leaves from you'll go to the INQUIRY OFFICE or the INFORMATION BUREAU.
Self check
/. Fill in the gaps with prepositions where necessary: Mr Dobson is fond ... travelling. He thinks there is nothing like
travel ... board... the train.
Last week Mr Dobson went ... Dublin ... business. He travelled... train. He arrived ... the station an hour ... the
departure. ...his arrival... the station he bought some newspapers and a magazine ... the newsagent's and went ... the
waiting-room to wait... his train. He was reading a newspaper when he heard the loudspeaker: "Attention, please!
The train ... Dublin is leaving ... platform I." Mr Dobson put his newspaper ... his briefcase, got up and went ... his
platform. He found his carriage and boarded ... the train. He had a comfortable night... the train and reached ...
Dublin ... 8 a. m.
//. Translate into English:
!
. ?
?
, .
?
9 11 .
, 9 , ?
7 .
. ?
, .
.
Fluency
/. Answer the questions:
How often do you travel by train? Do you enjoy travelling by train? Why/Why not? What do you like or dislike
about large stations? When did you last travel by train? Where did you go? Did you book a ticket in advance? How
much did it cost? Did you travel by an express or a stopping train? You didn't have to change trains did you? What
time did the train leave? When did you arrive at the station? Did you travel light or heavy? What did you do after
you boarded the train? Did you have a lower or an upper berth? Which berth do you prefer? How much did the
bedding cost? How did you spend the time during the journey? Did you like the conductor? Was he/she very
helpful? Did you get off the train on your way to X? When did the train arrive in X? How long did you stay in X?
What was your journey back like?
//. Speak on:
a) your last journey by train
b) the local railway station
///. Discuss the following:
1. A big railway station is the best place to spend a spare hour.
2. There is nothing like travelling by train.
IV. Act out the following situations:
1. An English colleague of yours wants to go to Moscow to take part in an exhibition. /she asks you about trains
to Moscow. You've been to Moscow many times and give him/her all the necessary information.
2. You are on business in London. Soon you are going to return to your native country. You phone the railwaybooking agency to inquire about the time-table and tickets.
3. You are on board the train Minsk-Moscow. There is an Englishman/Englishwoman in your compartment. In an
hour you are busy talking.
V. Write about a journey by train that impressed you greatly.
256
257
When travelling by air you have to get to the airport early in order to check in about an hour before your flight. If
you have a lot of luggage, you can put it on a trolley and push it to the check-in desk where someone will check
your ticket and weigh your luggage. If you have excess luggage, it can be expensive. Your heavy luggage is put on a
conveyer belt and carried away. A light bag is classified as hand luggage and you can take it with you on the plane.
An immigration officer looks at your passport and a security guard checks your hand luggage before you go into the
departure lounge to wait till your flight is called. If you want to, you can buy some cheap duty free goods here. Then
you see on the departures board or hear an announcement that you must board your plane. You go through the
departure gate, then there is sometimes a security check before you actually enter the plane When all {he passengers
are on board and when the captain and his crew are ready in the cockpit, the plane begins to taxi to the end of the
runway. Finally, permission is received from the control tower and the plane moves faster and faster in order to take
off.
Flying is fun. I like being in a big airliner with the cabin crew (stewards and stewardesses) looking after me. They
walk up and down the aisle bringing meals and drinks; and if the flight is going through some turbulence, they warn
everybody that it might be a bit bumpy and ask us to fasten our seat-belts. On a long flight I like listening to music
through the headphones available to all passengers, and sometimes I have a sleep. I enjoy it all so much that I never
want the plane to land.
Comprehension
/. Listen to the text and answer the questions:
Why do passengers have to come to the airport an hour before the departure? What does a passenger do if he/she has
a lot of luggage? What do you have to do if you have excess luggage? Where do passengers wait for their plane?
What happens when all the passengers are on board? Does the writer like travelling by air? Why? How does he
while away the time during the flight?
//. Read the text and analyse its language peculiarities. Do some exercises in the next section to remember them.
258
Special Difficulties
/. Respond to the following:
e.g. A: He learnt to cook in Paris. Were you surprised?
B: No. He went to Paris to learn to cook, (slight stress on "went") or B: No. He went to Paris in order to learn to
cook, (slight stress
on "order")
He ... Were you surprised?
1. met Bill in Edinburgh 2. sold his pictures in London 3. opened a bank account in Switzerland 4. painted a portrait
in Rome 5. learnt to fly in Australia 6. played tennis in Florida 7. climbed mountains in Wales 8. skied in Norway 9.
watched the penguins in the Antarctic 10. dived for treasure in the Mediterranean 11. had an eye operation in Russia
12. gave a concert in Munich 13. studied judo in Japan 14. wrote a book in Seville 15. photographed lions in Africa.
e.g. A: I had a lovely time yesterday. I wrote letters all day. B: Do you really enjoy writing letters? I had a lovely
time yesterday. I ... all day. 1. washed windows 2. peeled potatoes 3. mended socks 4, ironed shirts 5. polished the
silver 6. played with the children 7. practised the piano 8. worked in the garden 9. cooked 10. baked 11. watched
cricket
e.g. A (in tones of sympathy): You have to make beds, I suppose. B: Yes, but I like making beds! You have to ... 1
suppose.
1. do housework 2. live economically 3. shop around 4. look after the children 5. help them with their homework 6.
read to them 7. answer their questions 8. attend their school concerts 9. give children's parties
e.g. A: Do you want to make a speech? B: No, I want you to make a speech. Do you want to ...
1. lead the deputation 2. receive the mayor 3. speak first 4. introduce the speakers 5. sign the cheque 6. attend the
conference 7. give a talk 8. make the arrangements 9. fix a date 10. organize the reception 11. open the champagne
Text Exercises
/ Ask questions on the text. II. Retell the text.
259
///. When did you last travel by air? Where did you fly? When did you come to the airport for registration? What was
the registration like? Did the plane take off on time? Did you have a good flight? How did you while away the time
during the flight? How long did your flight last? When did the plane land at X?
Conversation Practice
/. Listen to the conversations, ask and answer questions, role-play the conversations:
Booking Airline Tickets
Checking in
1. Mr Dobson: Can I check here for the British Airways flight to
New York?
Clerk:
Yes, sir. May I see your ticket and passport?
Mr Dobson: Here you are.
Clerk:
That's fine. Can you put your suitcase on the
scales, please?
262
Mr Green: Here they are.
Officer:
Thank you, sir. Everything's all right. Nothing is more dutiable. Welcome to our country!
Mr Green: Thank you.
Questions: How many bags has Mr Green got? Has he got anything to declare? What will he have to do? 2. Officer:
Okay, bags on the table, please... uh-huh. How long are you planning to stay?
Tourist: Four weeks.
Officer: Do you have anything to declare?
Tourist: What?
Officer: Alcohol, cigarettes, ...
Tourist: No.
Officer: Any meat, fresh fruit, plants?
Tourist: Uh, no.
Officer: Open your suitcase, please. Any gifts?
Tourist: Excuse me?
Officer: Are you bringing any gifts into the country?
Tourist: No, huh-uh.
Officer: Uh-huh. What's in the bottle?
Tourist: Uh, hand lotion.
Officer: Okay, that'll be okay. Here's your form.
Tourist: Uh, what should I do with it?
Officer: See that officer over there by the gate? He'll take it.
Tourist: Thank you very much.
Questions: What does the customs officer ask the tourist to do? What questions does he ask? Does the tourist have
anything to declare? How long is he going to stay in the country?
Situation: You are flying to Washington. At the moment you are going through the customs inspection.
On Board the Plane
1. "Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. Captain Gibson and his crew welcome you aboard British Airways Flight
178 to New York. We're now flying at a height of 30 000 feet. Our speed is approximately 600 miles an hour. We'll
land in New York in five and a half hours. The temperature in New York is now minus 3 C. In a few minutes you'll
be able to see the Irish Coast. Our stewards and stewardesses will serve lunch in half an hour."
Questions: Who welcomes the passengers on board the plane? At what height and speed are they flying? When will
the plane land in New York? When will lunch be served?
2. "Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. On behalf of Captain Sonnleitner and his crew I should like to welcome
you aboard this
263
Swissair DC-9 aircraft. Our flying time to Geneva will be approximately an hour and twenty minutes during which
we shall be serving you with light refreshments. Please place your light hand luggage in the overhead rack, observe
the no smoking signs, fasten your seat belts and ensure that your seats are in the vertical position for the take off. For
your safety and comfort during the flight you are requested to read the safety instructions which you will find in
front of your seat."
"Ladies and gentlemen, may I have your attention, please. In a few minutes we shall be arriving at Geneva airport.
Will you please return to your seats, place them in the vertical position, fasten your seat belts and observe the no
smoking signs. Please, remain seated until the aircraft has come to a complete halt and remember to take all your
hand luggage with you. We hope you have had a pleasant flight and that we shall soon have the pleasure of
welcoming you aboard again. Thank you."
Down to Earth
"Your attention, please! British Airways regrets to announce the cancellation of Flight BA 564 to London due to
technical difficulties. Will all the passengers now awaiting the departure of this flight please contact the British
Airways ground hostess at the information desk in the transit lounge. Will passengers who are booked on this flight
from Geneva and are now waiting in the departure lounge, also go to the information desk in the transit area. A
ground hostess is waiting by Gate No I to escort you. Thank you!"
Socializing (Introductions)
a) How to approach the person you are meeting:
It's (Mr Brown), isn't it?
(Mr/Mrs/Miss Smith)?
Excuse me, are you (Mr Thompson)?
b) How to reply:
Yes, that's right.
Yes?
Yes, that's right. And you must be (Mr Williams).
my girlfriend/boyfriend, Janet/James.
my wife/husband.
my business colleague, Tom Williams.
/. Listen to the conversation, ask and answer questions, role-play the conversation:
In the Hall of the Airport
Simon:
Excuse me.
Mr Gibson: Yes?
Simon:
It's Gibson, isn't it?
Mr Gibson: Yes, that's right.
Simon:
So glad to meet you. I'm Simon Steel. How do you do?
Mr Gibson: How do you do? It was nice of you to meet us.
Simon:
It's a pleasure.
Mr Gibson: And this is my wife Sally.
Mrs Gibson: How do you do, Mr Steel?
Simon:
How do you do? Did you have a good flight?
Mrs Gibson: Yes, pretty good, thanks. But I must say I don't think
I'll ever get used to flying. Simon:
Well, if you'd like to follow me, I've got a car waiting
outside.
Mr Gibson: Yes, certainly. Thank you.
Simon:
Now, let me help you with your bags, Mrs Gibson.
Mrs Gibson: Thank you. They are a bit heavy. Simon:
Right. This way. It's not very far.
Questions: Who met the Gibsons at the airport? How did Mrs Gibson like the flight? What did Simon offer her?
//. Act out the following situations:
1. You are in the foyer of the airport. Suddenly you hear an announcement that your flight is delayed. Act out a
conversation with an airport official. Find out why there is a delay and how long you are going to wait. Ask what the
airline is going to do about
265
meals and hotel accomodation if the plane is delayed for a long time.
2. You are asked to meet Jonathan Williams, an American journalist. You've never met him before, you've only seen
a photograph of his. The plane has just landed and you approach someone who looks like Williams. But you address
the wrong man. At last you notice him. You introduce yourself and ask him about the journey. You've got a car
waiting and take Mr Williams to the hotel.
Listening What a Way to Start a Holiday!
When Wilson got to the airport, his flight was already being called over the loudspeakers. The day before he had
cancelled his ticket for a morning flight and had booked an afternoon flight instead. He had to go to the reservations
desk to collect his new ticket.
He apologized for being late. The reservations clerk smiled and began to look through the reservations in front of
her. Then her smile disappeared and she began to look worried.
"Your ticket doesn't seem to be here," she said. "Let me check it with the computer."
The computer clicked and whirred and lights began to flash. Just then, his flight was called a second time. Wilson
became very nervous. Finally the girl looked up.
"There's been a mistake. Your new ticket was sent to you by post. That's why it isn't here," she said. It took her only
a short time to write out a new one. Wilson managed to catch the plane just before it took off. "What a way to start a
holiday!" he thought.
Questions: What was happening when Wilson got to the airport? What had he done the day before? Why did the
clerk begin to look worried? What happened then? Why wasn't Wilson's ticket there? What happened at the end?
First Flight
Five tourists walked slowly across the airfield where a very small aircraft was waiting for them. The plane was used
on local flights and had only two engines.
The passengers got into the plane and sat down.
"Fasten your seat belts, please," the air hostess said. An old lady turned to the air hostess. "Please help me with the
belt," she asked "I have never been on an aeroplane before and I feel rather nervous."
266
"Don't worry," -the air hostess said kindly. "These planes are the safest in the world " Then the hostess went round
with a tray of sweets. She offered a sweet to each of the passengers. "Take one of these," she said to the old lady. "It
will help you to swallow."
Suddenly the plane began to shake and to rattle. It moved quickly down the runway and slowly climbed into the air.
When the plane was in the air, the hostess went to the old lady again. "Didn't the sweet help you to swallow?" she
asked.
"No, I'm afraid it didn't," the old lady answered. "But it took my mind off the plane. May I have another one,
please?"
Questions: How many tourists were going to travel? What did the air hostess tell the passengers to do? Why couldn't
the old lady fasten her seat belt? What did the hostess give each passenger? Why did the air hostess give sweets to
the passengers? How did the sweet help the lady?
A Smuggler
Sam Lewis was a customs officer. He used to work in a small border town. It wasn't a busy town and there wasn't
much work. The road was usually very quiet and there weren't many travellers. It wasn't a very interesting job, but
Sam liked an easy life. About once a week he used to meet an old man. His name was Draper. He always used to
arrive at the border early in the morning in a big truck. The truck was always empty. After a while Sam became
suspicious. He often used to search the truck but he never found anything. One day he asked Draper about his job.
Draper laughed and said: "I'm a smuggler."
Last year Sam retired. He spent his savings on an expensive holiday. He flew to Bermuda and stayed in a luxury
hotel. One day he was sitting by the pool and opposite him he saw Draper drinking champagne. Sam walked over to
him. Sam:
Hello, there! Draper: Hi!
Sam:
Do you remember me? Draper: Yes... of course I do. You're a customs officer. Sam:
I used to be, but
I'm not any more. I retired last month.
I often used to search your truck... Draper: But you never found anything. Sam:
No, I didn't. Can I ask you
something? Draper: Of course you can. Sam: Were you a smuggler? Draper: Of course I was.
Sam:
But... the truck was always empty. What were you smuggling?
267
Draper: Trucks!
Questions: What was Sam's job? Where did he work? Was his, job interesting? Who did he use to meet once a
week? Why did Sam become suspicious? What did he ask Draper one day? What did Sam do last year? Where did
he spend his holiday? Who did he meet at the hotel? What did he learn?
Reading But You Said...
Marion: Good afternoon.
Travel
Agent: Good afternoon, madam.
Marion: I'm interested in the holiday in Saint Cuthbert.
Agent: Ah, yes... the Caribbean! I can recommend it highly.
Marion: Can you tell me a little more about it?
Agent: Of course, madam. It's an excellent package holiday. You'll travel on a scheduled flight. You'll be met at the
airport and taken to your hotel. You won't have to pay airport taxes. They are included in the price. The hotel is very
near the beach, and it's got a swimming pool and a discotheque. It's a very modern hotel, it was built last year. The
restaurant's superb, and drinks are very cheap in Saint Cuthbert. Oh, and you can walk to the sea in two minutes.
Marion: Hmm... it sounds good. I'd like to make a reservation.
Agent: One moment, madam and I'll get you a booking form. Marion paid a deposit and booked the holiday. Two
months
later she was in Saint Cuthbert. But she was disappointed. When
she returned to England, she went to see the travel agent.
Agent: Ah! It's Miss Ward. Did you have a good holiday?
Marion: No, I certainly did not have a good holiday.
Agent: Oh, I'm very sorry to hear that. What was wrong?
Marion: Well, when I arrived in Saint Cuthbert, I had to spend four hours at the airport... you said that we would be
met, and we weren't. You also said we would be taken to the hotel. We weren't and the taxi cost about 12. You told
me that airport taxes were included. In fact I had to pa\ 10.
Agent: Oh, dear... you had a very bad start. But the hotel was nice, wasn't it?
Marion: No, it was not! You said it was very modern. You were quite right. They hadn't finished building it! We
couldn't sleep because the workmen were working all night. . on
268
our balcony! You said it had got a swimming pool. It had... but it was empty. And the restaurant. . the restaurant served fish every night.
Agent: Oh, dear ..
Marion: You said that the hotel was near the beach, and that we could walk to the sea in two minutes.
Agent: Couldn't you?
Marion: Well, yes... we could... but there was an oil refinery between the hotel and the beach, and it took half an
hour to walk round it.
Agent: Oh, I'm really terribly sorry. We really didn't know... I'm afraid we're unable to give you a refund, but we can
give you a ten per cent discount on next year's holiday... .
Marion: Next year! Next year I'm staying in England!
Self check
Fluency
/. Answer the questions:
Do you like travelling by air? Why/Why not? Is there an airport in your native city/town? Is it far from the
city/town? How can you get there? How long does it take you to get there? What is the airport like? What do you
like or dislike about it? When do passengers have to arrive at the airport for registration? What is registration like?
How much luggage can a passenger take without extra pay? Who informs passengers about flights? Are flights often
cancelled in this country? Can you say why? Is there a security check before you board the plane? Who takes you on
board the plane? What are the duties of a stewardess? When are passengers requested to fasten their seat belts? Do
they serve meals on board the plane? Can passengers smoke during the flight? Do you get airsick when on a plane?
When did you last travel by plane? Where did you fly? How did you get to the airport? When did registration begin?
What was it like? Did you have excess luggage? Was your flight cancelled? What did you do after you had
registered your ticket and luggage? Was your journey pleasant? When did your plane land in X? What did you do on
your arrival in X?
Have you ever travelled abroad? Where/When? What is the procedure of going through immigration and customs?
Did you have any dutiable articles? Did you declare them? Did the customs officials examine your luggage? Did
you enjoy your trip? Why/ Why not? How long did your trip last?
//. Speak on:
a) your last flight
b) your trip to a foreign country
c) the local airport
d) your experience of booking a flight
///. Travelling by train and travelling by air. Their advantages and disadvantages. Discuss.
IV. Act out the following situations:
1. Your friend has just returned from his/her trip abroad. Ask him/her about the journey and the usual routine at the
customs.
2. You are on board a TU-134 to Dehli. The stewardess is ready to answer your questions about the flight.
3. You are in Washington on business for your firm. You want to go to New York to take part in an exhibition there.
You've just come to the booking agency to book a train ticket, but there are no
270
train tickets available. You don't like flying but you'll have to travel by plane. There is a morning and a late flight to
New York.
Writing I. Report the information from the letter:
One morning Mrs Morrison received a letter from her sister who lives in Melbourne, in Australia, telling her about
plans to visit England:
My dear Mabel,
Just a short note to tell you that I have decided to come over to England to spend a few weeks in the old country. It
will be marvellous to see you and little Margaret again. (I suppose she must be really grown up now!)
My plans-are as follows: I'm taking a flight from Sydney on November 20th. It's the night flight on Thursday
evening and I'm flying with Air India. I don't know the exact time of arrival at London airport but I'll send you a
telegram as soon as I find out.
I have arranged to stay at the Royal Tower Hotel which is in Knightsbridge, near Harrods.
I really am looking forward to seeing you both. Love,
Alice.
I'll do that.
I've lost my way. (ask a policeman) 4. I'm going to fly there, (go by train) 5. It is very cold today, (stay at home) 6.
I'm going to send her a letter, (a telegram)
b) You should...
e.g. There's something wrong with my TV set. (take it to the
repair shop)
You should take it to the repair shop. 1. The suit fits you perfectly, (buy) 2. The book is very interesting, (read) 3.
The film is exciting, (see) 4. I don't know how to lose weight, (eat less) 5. I'm afraid I might be late, (take a taxi) 6.
This dictionary is very good, (buy)
c) You ought to...
e.g. She is so busy now. (help) You ought to help her.
1. The doctor advised me to rest in the country, (follow his advice) 2. The traffic is heavy here, (cross the street
carefully) 3. She looks tired. (she, have a rest) 4. I doubt the results of the experiment, (check them again) 5. I don't
know how to get there, (find out at the inquiry office) 6. He is your uncle, (invite)
d) Why don't you...
e.g. I can't repair my car. (ask James to do it)
Why don't you ask James to do it?
1. I don't like my present job. (change) 2. I'm in love with Monica, (marry her) 3. My car has been stolen, (report it
to the police) 4. This dress looks smart, (buy) 5. There's an interesting exhibition at the Palace of Sports, (go) 6.
Fishing is exciting, (try)
///. Advise your friend to (not to):
work harder; worry less; go to bed so late; spend so much money; take things easy; go in for sports; give up
smoking; see the football match; consult the doctor; have a rest; get more exercise; buy a car
Your friend will accept your advice.
IV. Translate into English (self check):
1. .
.
, .
2. .
.
.
3. . .
?
. .
4. .
273
.
. .
5. .
.
.
6. .
.
.
7. .
?
. , .
8. .
, .
9. ?
.
10. . .
.
V. Listen to the conversations, read and learn them: 1. Tom: What's the matter, Jenny? You look worried. Jenny:
Yes... I'm trying to lose weight. Tom:
Oh, you don't need to lose weight. Jenny:
Oh, I do! I've just
bought some new jeans and I
can't get them on. They are too tight. Tom:
Well, you should go on a diet. Jenny:
I know, but what kind of
diet? Tom:
You should eat lots of salad and fruit. Jenny: Yes, but I don't like salad... I prefer meat. Tom:
Well, you can eat meat, but you shouldn't eat too much
You shouldn't eat bread or potatoes, either. Jenny: What about alcohol? Can I drink wine? Tom:
Oh, no, you
should never drink alcohol.
2. Wendy: Hello, Charles... you look tired today. Charles: Yes, I'm working too hard.
Wendy: You should take a holiday.
Charles: Yes, I know I should... but we're just too busy. I'm
working twelve hours a day.
Wendy: Twelve hours! You're going to kill yourself! Charles: Well, what can I do? Wendy: Perhaps you should
change your job. Charles: I can't... I need the money!
3. Max: What's the matter, Peter? You don't look very happy. Peter:
I'm not. I'm worried about my English.
274
Max:
What's the problem?
Peter:
I'm not practising enough.
Max:
Why not?
Peter: Well, it's difficult to meet English people.
Max:
You should go out more.
Peter: Where should I go?
Max:
You should go to pubs, you should join a club.
Peter:
But English people never speak to me.
Max:
Ah! You should speak first.
Peter: What can I talk about?
Max:
The weather! English people are always interested in
the weather! 4. David: You look rather tired this morning, Father. What's the
matter? Aren't you feeling well? Father: Not very well, I'm tired. I slept badly last night. I've
been suffering from insomnia lalely.
David: I'm very sorry, Father. You ought to go and see a doctor. Father: I consulted the doctor two weeks ago
and he prescribed
me some tablets. But they don't seem to do me any good. David:
I think you should go in for sports. Why don't
you try
jogging? It's so popular these days. Father: That sounds a good idea. I've thought about it myself.
I hope it works.
VI. Act out the following situations:
1. Your friend wants to lose weight. Tell him/her what he/she should do.
2. Someone wants to learn your language. Tell him/her what he/she should do.
3. A friend of yours asks you for advice. /she doesn't like his/her job; is short of money; doesn't like the
place where he/she lives. Advise your friend.
VII. Read the conversation and say what Harry should or shouldn't do according to Steve:
Harry: I don't feel very well.
Steve: Well, I'm not surprised. You don't get enough sleep.
You always go to bed late. And you are working too hard. Harry: Yes, you're right. I'm always tired these days. I
think I
need a holiday.
Steve: Yes, that's probably a good idea. And you also smoke too
much!
Harry: Yes, that's true. Steve: You don't get enough fresh air. You stay indoors all the
time
275
RELATIVE CLAUSES
Illustrative Situations
/. Study these example situations:
1. That (or which), subject, for things:
This is the plane that took me to Switzerland
These are two of the steamers that take people round the lake.
2. That (or which), subject, for animals: This is the dog that bit him.
This is the kitten that was found yesterday
3. Who (or that), subject, for persons: That's the man who loves Jane.
A man who drives a car when he is tired may be a dangerous driver. Accidents sometimes happen to people who are
usually careful.
4. That (or which), object, for things or animals:
Here are some of the things (that) you may hear in a London
bus.
These are the books (that) I borrowed from Mr Brown.
5. That (or whom), object, for persons:
The man (that, whom) you saw in my office was Mr Green Is she the woman (that, whom) we met yesterday?
6. That (or which), prepositional object, for things: This is the hotel (that) I stayed in.
This is the hotel in which I stayed. That's the hut (that) we slept in.
7. That (or whom), prepositional object, for persons:
The man (that) 1 lent my dictionary to hasn't brought it back. The man to whom I lent rny dictionary hasn't brought
it back. Who was the woman (that) you were talking to when I saw you yesterday?
Who was the woman to whom you were talking when I saw you yesterday?
8. Whose, possessive, for persons:
Those are the people whose house I stayed at.
That is the man whose daughter John is going to marry.
// Listen to the conversations and learn them.
At a Party Steve:
Look, that's the man who knows Jeff well. His
name's Carver.
Jill:
And who is the woman who is talking to Mary?
Steve:
1 think she's the woman who works in Mary's
office. careful, Jill. Don't sit on that chair. It's the one that's wet. I spilt beer on it! I'm going to have some of that
food now.
jiUDon't eat too much. Those are all things which
will make you fat. Steve:
But I like food that makes me fat.
At a Bookshop
Customer:
I bought two expensive dictionaries here half an
hour ago, but I forgot to take them with me. Manager:
Who served you, sir?
Customer:
The lady who is standing behind the counter. Manager:
Did you serve this gentleman half an
hour ago,
Miss Roberts? He says he's the man who bought
these books. Miss Roberts: I can't remember, sir. The man whom I served was
wearing a hat.
Manager:
Have you got a hat, sir? Customer:
Yes, I have. Manager:
Would you put it on, please?
Customer:
All right.
Manager:
Is this the man that you served. Miss Roberts? Miss Roberts: Yes, sir. I recognize him now.
Back from Australia
Practice
/. Join the sentences. Use "who", "whom" or "which": e.g. She is the girl. She met me yesterday.
She is the girl who met me yesterday. e.g. She is the girl I met her yesterday.
She is the girl whom 1 met yesterday. e.g. This is the book. I bought it yesterday. This is the book which I bought
yesterday.
1. This is the car. The mechanic repaired it yesterday. 2. He's the man. I invited him to the party. S.These are the
things. I boughi them yesterday. 4. He's the man. He came here last week. 5. He is the policeman. He caught the
thieves. 6. She is the nurse. She looked after me. 7. I'm the person. I wrote to you. 8. They are the people. I saw them
yesterday. 9. They are the trees. We cut them down yesterday.
//. Join the sentences. Use "that":
e.g. That's the doctor. He gave me the tablets.
That's the doctor that gave me the tablets, e.g. That's the car. It won the race.
That's the car that won the race.
1. That's the man. He stole my car. 2. That's the football club. It won every game last year. 3. That's the school. It has
the best reputation. 4. That's the factory. It makes good cameras. 5. That's the shop. It sells foreign books. 6. That is
the girl. She told me about you. 7. That's the teacher. He is going to give the lesson. 8. That is the word. It sounds
unnatural.
///. Join these sentences together:
e.g. She is the girl. I met her yesterday.
She is the girl I met yesterday, e.g. This is the book. I bought it yesterday.
This is the book I bought yesterday, e.g. This is the ship. I travelled on it.
This is the ship I travelled on.
1. She is the woman. I drove her to London. 2. That's the film. I saw it. 3. That's the man. I spoke to him. 4. They are
the thieves. The police caught them. 5. These are the letters. I typed them. 6. These are the people. You asked me
about them. 7. These are the shoes. The boy took them off. 8. This is the man. I served him. 9. That's the house. He's
going to buy it. 10. That is the girl. I danced with her. 11. That's the book. She's been reading it. 12. That is the man.
I love him. 13. That's the plane. I flew in ft. 14. There's the house. We used to live in it. 15. There's the bridge. We
crossed it. 16. This is the man. I want to see him. 17. This is
278
the girl. 1 want to marry her.->18v-This is the word. I don't know it. 19. That's the thing. I don't understand it. 20.
That's the school. I study at it.
IV, Make progressive substitutions:
e.g. That's the man that makes chocolate. who= That's the man who makes chocolate.
10. the shop that
11. the man that
12. who
13. gives money away
14. the organisation that
15. helps old people
1. sells chocolate
2. the shop that
3. buys old books
4. the student that
5. who
6. the teacher who
7. has a good reputation
8. the firm that
9. repairs radios
V. Answer the questions:
e.g. There is Judy. She works in the newsagent's. There is Ruth. She works in an office. Which girl is Judy? She is
the girl who works in the newsagent's.
1. There is my car. It is outside the garage. There is Bob's car. It is outside the theatre. Which car is Bob's car?
2. There is Tom. He is always hungry. There is Bob. He does not talk much. Which man is Bob?
3. There is John's house. It has a lot of windows. There is Pat's house. It has four floors. Which house is John's
house?
4. There is our hotel. It looks expensive.
There is the Hunts' hotel. It has seventy-five bedrooms. Which hotel is your hotel?
5. There is Guy's coat. It is on the chair. There's Mike's coat. It seems old.
Which coat is Guy's coat?
6. There is Sue. She is coming out of the shop. There is Judy. She is going into the shop. Which girl is Judy?
7. There is Mum. She is talking to the waiter.
There is Aunt Ann. She is drinking a glass of water. Which woman is Aunt Ann?
8. There are Simon's football boots. They are under the table.
279
There are Peter's football boots. They are on the chair. Which football boots are Peter's?
VI. Put a relative pronoun "who", "whom", "which" or "that" into these sentences (if necessary):
1. The only games ... I play are football and tennis. 2. We don't know the man... lives here. 3. He is the only
student...understands English well. 4. Have you sent the book ... I left on this tablet 5. The policeman is looking for
the man ... left his car in the street. 6. I gave him the book ... I was reading. 7. This is the hotel at ... we are staying.
8. Is this the money ... you lost? 9. The car. he is driving is not his. 10. This is the man... we saw at the station
yesterday. 11. Those... have finished their work may go home. 12. This is the horse... won the race. 13. He is the sort
of person... everybody admires. 14. This is the plane ... took me to Pa ris. 15. Mr West put the bag ... he was carrying
on the table 16. The table ... he put the bag on was near the door. 17. Both the letters... came this morning are bills.
18. That's the music, .is popular. 19. That is the city ... I was born in. 20. This is the island ... was bought by a
millionaire. 21. This is the hotel ... was built last year. 22. The book... you lent me is not very interesting 23. The
flowers... I love best are roses. 24. The man ... you met yesterday is an actor.
Fluency
/. Listen to the conversation "Holidays in Switzerland" and answer the questions:
George: Good evening, Mary. I'm glad to see you. Come in.
Mary: Hullo, George! I haven't seen you for several weeks. You've been away from home, haven't you?
George: I've been in Switzerland. I got back yesterday.
Mary:
I hope you had a good holiday. Did you enjoy yourself?
George: Very much. Shall I show you some of my photographs?
Mary: Oh, do, please. I like looking at photographs.
George: Here they are. This is the plane that took me to Switzerland.
Mary: Oh, you went by air, did you? Do you like flying?
George: Yes, I like flying. I think it's much better than going by rail and steamer. The air-liners of British European
Airways are very comfortable. They've carried millions of passengers quite safely. And of course flying is much
quicker. Here's another photograph.
Mary: That's you, isn't it? Who's the girl at your side?
George: That is a girl who was with me in the plane. We became
280
quite friendly and spent a lot of time together. Mary: And who is the girl in this photograph? George: She is a girl
who was staying at my hotel in Interlaken.
I became quite friendly with her, too.
Mary: Well, here's another girl! That's three! Who's this girl? George: She's a girl who went up several mountains
with me.
She was staying at my hotel too. She's very fond of climbing, so we often went climbing together. Mary: You like
the girls and the girls like you. What's this?
It's a train, isn't it? George: Yes, that's a train on the railway that goes up the
Jungfrau. Mary: You said you went climbing! Did you go up the Jungfrau
by train? That isn't climbing. George: The railway doesn't go to the top! We climbed from the
end of the railway.
Mary: Here's a photograph of a steamer. George: That's a lake steamer. It takes passengers round one
of the two lakes at Interlaken. Interlaken is between the
two lakes. Mary: That's what the name Interlaken means, isn't it? Who
are these three men? George: The man on the left is an Italian who has climbed most of
the mountains in the Swiss Alps. The man in the middle is
a Frenchman who has done a lot of climbing in the
Pyrenees. The third man, on the right, is a Swiss guide.
He's the man who took us up several mountains. You
must have a good guide in the Alps. It is dangerous to
climb alone.
Mary: And what's this? George: That's one of the mountain huts we slept in when we
were doing a two-day climb. Mary: And this? It's a hotel, isn't it? George: Yes, that's the hotel I stayed in while I
was in Geneva
for a few days.
Mary: That's a pretty little village. George: Isn't it? It's a place where I stayed for two days after
my longest climb. I was very tired. Mary: And who are these people?
George: They're the people at whose house I stayed in the village. Mary: Well, you certainly had a good holiday.
George: Yes, I enjoyed every minute of it. I hope I shall be able to
go again next summer.
Questions: Where did George spend his holidays? Did he have a good time? What did he do during his holidays?
281
//. Listen to the conversation again and pick out the relative clauses.
III. Role play the conversation.
IV. Situation: You've just returned from your holidays. You had a very good time. At the moment you are speaking
to your friend about your holidays and showing him/her your photographs.
V. Listen to the texts describing pictures, learn the texts and describe your own pictures in the same way.
1. Nick Owen is a guide for Britannia tours. Some new tourists have just arrived in Exmouth. He's showing them
around the town.
"I'm sure you'll enjoy your stay here. There's the beach that's the safest for swimmers. The other beaches aren't as
good. And that's the shop that sells picnic lunches. Over there's the shop that sells souvenirs. I'll meet you back here
at four o'clock.
2. Paul's showing Angela some holiday photos.
"Look... this is the hotel I stayed in... and here's the restaurant I used to go to. I used to eat there every day. This is
the beach we used to lie on. It was a marvellous holiday."
3. Anne's just had an accident. She's telling a policeman about it.
"The car in front of me stopped suddenly. I managed to stop, but the van behind me didn't. It hit my car and pushed
it into the car in front. There's my car. There's the van that hit my car. And that's the car my car hit."
4. Paul's showing Angela an old school photo.
"The headmaster's in the middle. He's the one that taught us Latin. His lessons were very boring. The fat one on the
left is Mr Bunter. He's the one that used to hit us with a cane. Mr Cherry's on the right. He's the one that taught us
French ... and football. 1 was never bored at his lessons."
5. This is a picture of Ronald Rigg. He's the man the police arrested yesterday. He's standing next to P. C. Martin.
Martin's the policeman that caught him.
VI Listen to the conversation "A Court Case", read and role-play the conversation:
A few months ago there was a bank robbery in Stanford The police arrested a man and a woman. They're in court
now A woman saw the robbery. She's standing in the witness box. The judge and the twelve members of the jury are
listening to her A lawyer is asking her some questions.
Lawyer:
Now, Miss Dexter. You saw the bank robbery,
didn't you?
282
Miss Dexter: Yes, I did.
Lawyer:
You saw a man, didn't you?
Miss Dexter: That's right. I saw him when he went into the bank
and when he came out.
Lawyer:
Now, look around the court... can you see that man?
Miss Dexter: Yes'. He's the man I saw.
Lawyer:
He wasn't alone when he went into the bank, was he?
Miss Dexter: No, he was with a woman. Lawyer:
Now, look around the court again... can you see
that woman?
Miss Dexter: Yes, there! She's the woman ! saw. Lawyer:
I see, Miss Dexter. Now look at the man and woman
again. This is very important. Are you absolutely
sure about them?
Miss Dexter: Absolutely sure. They're the people I saw. Lawyer:
Now, Miss Dexter. What was the man
wearing
when he went into the bank? Miss Dexter: I don't remember everything ... but I remember his
hat and his bag.
Lawyer:
Look at the hat on the table. Is that the hat?
Miss Dexter: Yes, that's the hat he was wearing. Lawyer:
... and the bag?
Miss Dexter: Yes, that's the bag he was carrying. Lawyer:
Do you remember anything about the woman?
Miss Dexter: Yes. She was wearing a blonde wig and black platform shoes.
Lawyer:
How do you know it was a wig, Miss Dexter?
Miss Dexter: Because it fell off when she was running to the car. Lawyer:
Look at the wig on the table. Is that
the wig?
.Miss Dexter: Yes, that's the wig she was wearing. [.Lawyer:
... and the shoes... look at the shoes.
I Miss Dexter: Yes, they're the shoes she was wearing. Lawyer:
Thank you, Miss Dexter.
Exercise I, p. 18
1. I have done; 2. The delegation has already arrived... we haven't spoken; 3. I read... I haven't read; 4. Have you
made; I haven't made; 5. She has gone; 6. Have you ever been; I have been; 7. I have played ... the summer began; 8.
We haven't seen... we saw; 9. He has had; He has broken; 10. Have you finished; I have just begun; 11. have you
brought; 12. Have you ever found; I haven't; 13. Has Mr West sold; he has; He sold; Has he moved.
Exercise II, p. 19
1. Have you ever played chess with Victor? Does he play chess well? I don't know. I have never played chess
with him. 2. How is Ann? I haven't seen her lately. She is fine, thank you. And how is your son? Has he
finished school? Yes, he is a student already. 3. I must pack the suitcase. Don't worry, I have already packed it.
4. My nephew is only 5, but he has already learnt to read well. 5. Have you ever been to England? Yes, I was
there two years ago. 6. What h^s happened? I have broken my favourite cup. 7. We have bought a new TV set. I
like it very much. 8. Nina is very upset. She hasn't passed her exam. 9. Will Nick come to the party? No, he has
gone away on business. 10. Shall we watch TV tonight? I haven't repaired it yet. 11. Have you signed the
documents? Yes, you may take them.
Exercise I, p. 25
1. Have you heard; He has broken; How did that happen; 2. I have just returned; Did you go; How long did you stay.
3. Have you had; Did you cut; Ann cut; 4. Somebody has spilt; it wasn't me; it was; 5. Did you see; 6. Somebody has
taken; 7. I didn't eat... I didn't feel; 8. Why didn't Jim want; He was; 9. he has gone out; did he go out; 10. Have
325
you seen, I have; I saw; did you think; I didn't like; 11 I went; Have you ever been; Barbara has
already been; She loved, she has never eaten; What did you order, I had...Mary tried; They were
both, 12. I have never been; I went; I did; Have you ever been; a friend of mine stayed; He enjoyed.
Exercise II, p. 25
I. I have never been to China, but I have been to Japan. It was three years ago. 2. Where is my textbook? I have just
left it here. Has anybody been here? 3. Kate went to the cinema two hours ago and she hasn't come back yet. 4. Has
Victor repaired the TV set? Not yet. 5. Have you booked the tickets yet? Not yet.-Why didn't you do that
yesterday? I forgot all about that. 6. Have you ever been to the Bolshoi theatre? Yes. What did you see?
"Swan Lake". Did you enjoy the ballet? Yes, the music is wonderful, the dancing was superb.
Exercise I, p. 34
A. what are you and your sister going; I don't know; What are you doing; We are going; Where do you go; We have
tried... we prefer; Do you take. . stay; we are taking: It'll be; it is; I'll talk., she thinks.
B. Postcards always spoil; I went; I visited...sat; A friendly waiter taught; he lent; I read... I didn't understand; I
thought; My holidays passed... I didn't send; I made; I got up ...bought; I spent... I didn't write.
Exercise II, p. 35
Hullo, Andrew! Glad to see you. Hullo, Victor! I haven't seen you for ages. Where have you been all this time?
You see, I've just returned from England. Have you ever been there? I'm sorry but I haven't been there. But I'm
going there next year. Did you enjoy your trip? Certainly. London is one of the most beautiful cities I've ever
seen. I stayed there for two weeks and
326
I had a good time. Come to see me one of these days. I'll show you my pictures. All right. See you soon.
UNIT 3 Exercise I, p. 44
1. Victor has just returned from London. I haven't seen him since last year. 2. How long have you been married?
Three years. 3. Have you ever read English books in the original? No. I have been studying English only half a
year. 4. Where have you been? I have been waiting for you since five o'clock. 5. What are you doing now? I have
been typing for two hours already. 6. I haven't seen your sister lately. She has been in the Crimea the whole
month. 7. Who has taken my dictionary? I have been looking for it for half an hour. 8. I'm tired. I have been working
in the garden all day long. 9. How long have you been preparing for your exams? For a month already. 10. Robert
is absent today. He has been ill for two weeks. 11. How long have you been collecting stamps? For ten years. 12.
What have you been doing all this time? I have been watching TV. 13. Have you been sitting here long? Since
10 o'clock. 14. My brother is in Moscow. I haven't heard from him for a month. 15. I haven't met Paul since we
passed the last exam. 16. The students have just left. They have been here all day long.
Exercise I, p. 48
1. Somebody has broken; 2. John has forgotten; I have been expecting; 3. What has happened; 4. Haven't you
finished; You have been reading; 5. I have been cooking; 6. What have you been doing; I have been sitting; 7. I have
lost; 8. Have you been working; 9. He has appeared; 10. I've been cleaning; I have cleaned; 11. I haven't been
waiting.
Exercise II, p. 48
1. The whole evening I've been typing. I have already typed ten pages. 2. We have been writing the test paper for 45
minutes already. Some of the students have already finished it. 3. Have you been waiting for me long? No, I have
just come. 4. What have you been doing this morning? We have been planting trees in the garden. How many
trees have you planted? Seven. 5. I have been translating the article for two hours, but I haven't translated it yet.
Exercise I, p. 51
1. Mr Clark worked; 2. She has lived; 3. They have been
327
married; 4. we were... the weather was; 5. The weather has been, 6. I have never met; 7. We spoke; 8. I haven't
spoken.
Exercise II, p. 51
1. Ann and I agreed to go to the cinema yesterday. I waited for her outside the cinema half an hour, but she didn't
come. I don't know what has happened to her. 2. When did you last see Robert? I haven't seen him for two weeks.
3. How long have you been married? I got married three years ago. 4. Where did you rest last summer? In the
Caucasus. How long did you stay there? About a month. 5. Yesterday I came home from work at 6 o'clock,
rested about an hour, and then I went to visit my friend. 6. Where is the key? I've been looking for it (for)half an
hour already. 7. How long have you you been here? I came here an hour ago. Did you meet Nick? Yes, we
talked for ten minutes and then he left.
8. How long have you had this car? Five years. 9. How long have you lived in Minsk? Since 1978.
Exercise I, p. 54
1. It was still raining... I came; It has been raining; 2. I have been sitting; I have already drunk; ,3. What have you
been doing; I haven't seen; 4. They haven't been working; They have been. 5. It hasn't rained; 6. I have been going;
7. Peter has been writing; He has already written; 8. I have been sleeping... I haven't woken;
9. I bought... I haven't worn; 10. He has already seen; He saw., he was; 11. When did you meet; I met; 12. Have you
ever spoken; I spoke; 13. Peter has lived; He lived... he went; 14. I have just had; I finished; 15. I have made;
I made; 16. I have never played... I played... I was; 17. I haven't heard... she went; 18. I lay. 19. Have you ever
travelled; I went; 20. Have you lived; I have lived; I was born; Have you been; I went; 21. How long have you been;
I arrived; I have been; Have you seen; 22. Williams live; They have only lived, They arrived... arranged; They
haven't
made.....they think; The neighbours have been...Mr Williams has
invited... he will hold; His friends are coming (will come); The Williams family lived... they came; Mr Williams
didn't like; he was visiting... he met... who offered; Mrs Williams wanted... they arrived... the sun was shining... she
began; 23. Jack looked; Jili arrived; I have been waiting; he said; Were you; Jack went; he said; I got...you were not;
I came... waited... you didn't come; What have you been doing; Jack asked; I have just been.
Exercise II, p. 55
1. Mr Smith is waiting for you. How long has he been waiting? About twenty minutes. Let him come in. 2.
Where are the
328
letters? I want to send them today. The secretary has just brought them. She has been typing the whole day. 4. Can
(May) I speak to Mr Voronov? I'm afraid not. He has just gone out. 4. Let's go to the cinema. We haven't been at
the cinema for ages. Good idea. Nick says, that he has seen an interesting detective at the "Moscow" cinema.
Would you like to see it? Yes, I'm very fond of detectives. 5. When did you graduate from the Institute? In
1975. How long have you worked at this plant? Five years. Where did you work before? At a research
institute.
UNIT 4
Exercise VI, p. 62
1. Hullo! Haven't seen you for ages! How are you? Fine, thank you. And you? Quite well, thank you. 2. Good
morning! Is the chief in? No, he is at a meeting. Come at 12.Thank you. Good-bye. 3. I must be off. I have an
appointment at 9 o'clock. Remember me to your wife and parents. Thank you. Good-bye. 4. Glad to see you. How
are you getting on? All the same, thank you. And how are you? Not too good I'm afraid. My wife has fallen ill
with flue. Sorry to hear that. 5.Hullo! How are you? Not too bad, thank you. And how is your brother
getting on? He is fine. Glad to hear that. 6. I hear Eve Brown is going to get married. That's interesting
news. It will be her third marriage. 7. I haven't seen your sister lately. How is she getting on? Very well, thank
you. She is now abroad, in Italy. How long is she going to stay there? A year and a half. Give my regards to
her. Sure. 8. How are you, Victor? Not too good, I'm afraid. What's wrong? (What's the matter?) I haven't
passed my exam in biology. Sorry to hear that. I'm sure you will soon pass it. I hope so. I have been preparing
for it for a week already.
Exercise I, p. 66
1. some; any; no; 2. something; everything; anything; nothing; 3. somebody; anybody; nobody; everybody; 4.
somewhere; everywhere; anywhere.
Exercise II, p. 67
1. a little; 2. a few; 3. a few; 4. a little; 5. a few; 6. a little;
7. a few; 8. a few; 9. few; 10. little.
Exercise III, p. 67
1. much; 2. much; 3. many; 4. much; 5. many; 6. much; 7. many;
8. many; 9. much; 10. many; 11. many; 12. much.
329
Exercise IV, p. 67
Neither; both; neither; all; none.
Exercise V, p. 67
1. itself; 2. themselves; 3. myself; 4. himself; 5. herself, 6. yourself; 7. yourself; 8. ourselves; 9. yourself; 10. themselves;
11. himself; 12. herself.
UN IT 5
Exercise XVI, p. 78
1. Could you hand her this message? Gladly. 2. Will you please wait for me a little? All right. 3. Shall we drop in at
this cafe? Good idea. What would you like tea or coffee? Tea with lemon. Shall we eat anything? You must
be hungry. Yes. I'd like to try the beefsteak. Anything else? No, that's all. So, we can make our order. Waiter!
Yes, sir? Please, bring us two beefsteaks and tea with lemon. All right, sir. 4. Could you give me a lift to the station?
With pleasure. 5. Could you do me a favour? I want to call at the post-office for the parcel. Will you, please, look after
Ann while I'm out? Certainly, I'll come in no time.
Exercise I, p. 82
to; past; at; to; near; from; of; on; for; for; with; of; of; for; out of; at.
Exercise II, p. 83
-; a; -; the; -; -; the; the; the; the; -; -; -; -; -; -; -; a; a; -; -; the; -; -; a; -; -; the; -; a; the; .the; the; a; the.
Exercise III, p. 83
Have you had dinner? Not yet. Neither have I. I'm very hungry. Let's have dinner somewhere together. All right.
Shall we go to the cafe in Main Street? I'd love to. I have been there several times. I like that cafe very much. The
cooking and the service are good there.
(In the cafe)
What is on the menu today? There are a lot of dishes to my taste. I'd like chicken soup, beefsteak and a glass of
orange juice. And you? As for me, I'll have a mutton chop and a bottle of beer. I don't want soup today. Do you want
ice-cream? No, I don't like ice-cream. Would you like anything to drink? Let's have a bottle of dry wine.
Anything else? No, that's all Let's call the waiter and make our order.
330
UNIT 6 Exercise I, p. 87
So am I; So did I; neither did 1; 'So were the rest of us; neither does Monika; so am I; neither have I; So has Monika; so
are the people.
Exercise II, p. 88
1. Nick speaks English well. So does his wife. 2. I haven't seen this film. Neither have I. 3. We are going on an
excursion on the week-end. So are we. 4. Ann didn't come to the concert yesterday. Neither did her brother. 5. I can't
play golf. Neither can I. 6. Yesterday I had to work hard. So did I. 7. John likes figure skating. So does his wife. 8.
I don't know his address. Neither do I. 9. Robert will come. So will Victor. 10. I have already booked a ticket. So
have I. 11. Yesterday I saw Nick. So did I. 12. I didn't like the concert.Neither did I. 13. I'm glad to see you. So am
I. 14. I shan't be present at the meeting. Neither shall I.
Exercise I, p. 90
aren't you; aren't you; don't you; don't you; didn't you; were you; aren't you; didn't you; weren't you; did you; didn't you;
do you; didn't you; didn't you; weren't you; didn't you; wasn't there; do you; am I; isn't it.
Exercise II, p. 91
1. You live in Main Street, don't you? Yes, I have lived there for five years. You know Oleg Lobov, don't you?
Yes, he is my neighbour. Can you hand him my message? Sure. 2. Nick left for Moscow last week, didn't he? Yes,
he did. He hasn't come back yet, has he? No, he hasn't. But he will come by Saturday, won't he? I think so. 3.
You ran't play chess, can you? No, I can't. But you play draughts, don't you? Yes, I do. Then let's play a game
of draughts.
had learnt; 13. we came... the Smiths had already lived; 14. He told... he had been fishing... he had never caught; 15.
she (had) heard... she phoned; 16. he looked... he understood... he had got off; 17. Jack had done; He went; The
weather was; It had stopped... the moon was shining. 18. Judy's father had managed; They caught... spent; They
arrived... joined; they realised they had left.
Exercise II, p. 101
1. When I came to see Victor, he wasn't at home. He had gone to the station to meet his friend. 2. The tourists had
been waiting for the bus very long, so when it arrived, it was already too late and they didn't want to go anywhere. 3.
When I had told him everything he understood what had happened. 4. She looked at the watch. It was about 12
o'clock. She had been working at her report for 6 hours. 5. By the end of June 1 had passed all my exams and was
free. 6. On Friday he wasn't at work. The day before he had gone away on business. 7. When I called Nick, I learnt
that he had been ill for two weeks. 8. I had worked at a plant before I entered the Institute. 9. The meeting hadn't
begun yet, when we came. 10. When i came home, the children were already sleeping. My wife said that they had
been sleeping since 9 o'clock. 11. Victor said that he had reserved a room at the Ukraine hotel. 12. He had lived
abroad for three years, before he came to Minsk.
Exercise I, p. 103
1. We shall have finished; 2. The lesson will have started;
3. he will have been living (will have lived); 4. he will have begun; 5. They will have been travelling; 6. She will
have had; 7. They will have built; 8. I will have spent; 9. We shall have been flying; 10. The play will have begun;
11. they will have completed; 12. I will have been working.
UNIT 8
Exercise V, p. 106
1. Don't make IIP. work so hard. She is tired of this work. 2. I made the typist type the letter again, because there
were a lot of mistakes in it. 3. Why did you make him go there so late?
4. I'll do all I can to help her. 5. The film is different from the book. It is much more interesting. 6. She is proud
of her son. He is very hard-working and does very well at school.
Exercise I, p. 120
to; to; on; with; outside; at; at; for; at; in; for; for.
332
on Mitchel's novel. My friend has already seen it. He says it is a wonderful film. Of course, we mustn't miss it.
Then I shall buy two tickets for the eight o'clock show. Does this time suit you? Perfectly, thank you. And where
shall we meet? Let's meet at my house at 7 o'clock. All right. See you soon.
UNIT 9
Exercise I, p. 129
1. I wonder where they usually spend their holidays. 2. I think that she hasn't come yet. 3. I hope that he won't miss
the train, though he left for the railway station late. 4. I remember that I went away on business in September. 5. I
wonder whether he will speak at the meeting. 6. She says that she doesn't like theatre. 7. I don't know when they will
come back. 8. He says he was late for the lecture yesterday. 9. She wants to know at what hotel they are staying. 10.
She says she has been teaching English for 20 years already. 11. He asks why you don't phone him. 12. Do you
know when the train arrives in Warsaw? 13. Do you remember where we rested in 1980? 14. I'm afraid they missed
the six o'clock train. 15. Ask her when she will come. 16. Tell him where she lives. 17. I don't know why Robert
doesn't write to me. 18. I am not sure whether I shall see her tomorrow. 19. Do you know if there is a post-office not
far from here? 20.1 think she will have typed the documents by 5 o'clock. 21. I've no idea what he is doing here. 22.
I'm afraid that she has lost her way.
Exercise I, p. 135
1. the train stopped I looked... didn't see; I had sent... I thought... they would meet; they were waiting; We went...
didn't find; We thought... something had happened; We had been waiting... we understood... they would not come;
they had received... could not; 2. he had gone... who was coming; 3. I went; I took... looked; a waiter came... \ had
chosen; I had chosen; I would take; 4. she had enjoyed ... she would spend; 5. I offered, She said... she had a
headache... didn't want.
I liked the film very much. 2. I hoped that I would catch the last train, but I missed it. 3. Yesterday on my way home
I called on Nick. He said he had just received a telegram from his mother and in an hour he was going to the station
to meet her. 4. When I saw Nina, I understood, that she was upset by something. She said that her mother had fallen
ill. 5. The other day I met John. He said he had bought himself a new car. 6. When I called on my friend, her mother
said that she was not at home: she was taking an exam but she would be back soon. 7. In June my sister and I are
leaving for the Caucasus. Our brother said that he would join us as soon as he passed his exams. 8. Yesterday I asked
Steve to repair my iron. He said that his friends were waiting for him and he couldn't help me. He promised that he
would repair the iron today. Last month he promised to repair my bicycle, but he never did. I hope that he will
keep his promise this time. 9. I was surprised when I learnt that Robert hadn't passed his exam. He said that he had
been preparing for it for a long time. 10. Peter said that he would be waiting for me at the entrance to the stadium
and asked me not to be late.
11 think I shall wake up myself. 6. May I use your pen? Certainly. 7. Let me help you. There is no need, thank
you. 8. Shall I buy some bread on the way home? Do, please. 9. Shall I repair your
I TV set? Yes, please, thank you. That's very nice of you.
or five lumps of sugar, for he liked his tea very sweet. The hostess asked if he liked milk in his tea. The guest said
that he liked milk in his tea when he couldn't get cream.
Exercise I, p. 207
1. Fred asked a porter if the train for London had left and the porter answered that it had left ten minutes before. 2.
John told Mary she was the most beautiful girl in the world... and told him not to talk such nonsense. 3. asked him
what was wrong with it; told me to throw it away and buy a new one. 4. I asked her if she wanted to go to the
cinema with me; she said she had already seen that film. 5. The manager asked me if I liked my work and I
answered him that I did. He then asked me why 1 wanted to leave it then, so I told him I was moving to Glasgow. 6.
I told him to take the first turning to the left and go as far as the post office. The man asked me how far it was and I
told him it was about half a mile at the most.
Exercise II, p. 208
Mr Robinson greeted the Thompsons saying he was glad to see them in London. He asked his friends how long they
had been there. Mr Thompson answered that they had been there only a few days, since Monday and he was sorry to
say they had to return the following day. Mr Robinson asked if it was their first visit to London. Mr Thompson
answered that it was his wife's first visit, but he had been there several times before. He had to come over at least
once a year on business and felt quite at home in London. Mr Robinson asked Mrs Thompson what she thought of
London. Mrs Thompson thought it was a wonderful place. Mr Robinson asked the Thompsons about their plans for
that night and invited them to his place. Mr Thompson thanked Mr Robinson but he refused saying they were
leaving the following morning and they had got a lot of things to do. He said that they might visit the Robinsons
some other time.
Exercise III, p. 208
An old lady was going to take a taxi. She asked the driver to take her to the station. The driver agreed to do so. The
lady told the driver that he must drive slowly and carefully. She warned him not to go until the policeman lowered
his arm and not to rush round the corners as the road was very wet. The taxi-driver got angry with the woman
because of her instructions and he asked her sarcastically what hospital she would like to be taken to if they did have
an accident.
337
problems are discussed at the meetings? 15 Where are the documents kept? Who are the documents signed by?
years ago. 5. The delegation was met at the station. 6. Yesterday he was offered an interesting job at a research
institute. 7. Go to the desk clerk. You will be given the key to your room. 8. Yesterday I was offered a ticket for this
concert but I refused. 9. When will the telegram be delivered? -In two hours. 10. What language is spoken in
Australia? English. 11. When will he be sent a visa? 12. We were given all the necessary instructions. 13 She is
highly spoken of. 14. What problems will be discussed at the conference? 15. When was the floor painted?
Exercise I, p. 256
of; on; -; to; on; by; at; before; on; at; at; to; for; to; from; into; to; -; in; -; at.
Exercise II, p. 256
Good afternoon. Good afternoon. What can I do for you? Are there any trains to Moscow today?
Yes, there are two night trains. When do they start? At 9 and 11 o'clock. When does the nine o'clock train
arrive in Moscow? At 7 a. m. That time suits me. Are there any tickets for that train? Yes, there are some
first class tickets. I'm lucky.
UNIT 18
Exercise I, p. 269
1. went...who was coming; I arrived...went ...sat; it was announced... the plane was... I decided; I was just walking...
I saw; We talked... went... we had; I remembered; We rushed; I was told... the plane from Paris had arrived; I hurried
.. got... drove; I arrived... I found.
Exercise II, p. 269
Good morning! Will you tell me if there is a flight to London on the 25 th of October? Yes, there are
two flights in the morning and in the evening. When is the morning flight?
342
At 6 a. m. No, it's too early. I shall have a sleepless night if I go by that plane. When is the evening flight? At 8
p. m. When does the plane arrive in London? At 10 p. m. This time suits me. Are there any tickets for that
flight? Yes, there are some first class tickets. I'd like a return ticket. I'm coming back on the 30 th of October.
UNIT 19
Exercise IV, p. 273
I haven't passed my English exam. 1 think you should work harder. Yes, certainly. 2. I have a heavy suitcase.
You should leave it in the left luggage office. I'll do that. 3. I'm getting overweight. I don't like it. Why don't
you go in for sports? Thank you. That's a good idea. 4. I'd like to go to Brest for the weekend. You should book
a ticket in advance. Thank you. I'll do that. 5. You'd better translate the text tomorrow morning. It's too late now.
I want to finish it today. 6. You shouldn't spend so much time on reading. You'd better spend more time in the
open air. You are right. 7. I'm going to phone Robert tomorrow. Why don't you phone him today? He won't
be at home. He said he was going away on business for a couple of days and would be back only tomorrow. 8. You
must help Ann with mathematics. Yes, certainly. 9. Why don't you buy a house at the seaside? We are just
going to do that. 10. You look very pale. You ought to consult a doctor. I'll certainly do that.
Exercise I, p. 283
1. This is the house I live in. 2. This is the ring he gave me. 3. The car which was found yesterday belongs to her
brother. 4. The vase that was standing here was broken yesterday. 5. The man she is talking to is my boss. 6. The girl
who brought the telegram looked very tired. 7. This is the hotel which was built last year. 8. The man you are
speaking about is in the next room. 9. That is the student we saw at the theatre yesterday. 10. The book I'm reading is
very interesting. 11. Yesterday I met my old school mate whom I recognized at once. 12. He is the most interesting
man I've ever met. 1. This is the thing I need. 14. There are a lot of people in our office who speak English well.
15. The student whose notebook I showed you studies very well. 16. Where is the letter I gave you to read? 17. He
picked up the parcel which she had dropped. 18. Here is the money you lost 19. This is the town I was born in. 20.
He is the man who helped me. 21. This is the news that surprised everybody. 22. Who is the girl you are looking at?
23. This is the school I studied in.
343